<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:pingback="http://madskills.com/public/xml/rss/module/pingback/" xmlns:trackback="http://madskills.com/public/xml/rss/module/trackback/" xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/" xmlns:slash="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/slash/" xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" version="2.0">
  <channel>
    <title>Woodworking Magazine - Joinery</title>
    <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/</link>
    <description>The Better Way to Build</description>
    <language>en-us</language>
    <copyright>F+W Media, Inc.</copyright>
    <lastBuildDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2009 12:04:28 GMT</lastBuildDate>
    <generator>newtelligence dasBlog 2.3.9074.18820</generator>
    <managingEditor>chris.schwarz@fwmedia.com</managingEditor>
    <webMaster>chris.schwarz@fwmedia.com</webMaster>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>15</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/glue_blocks_IMG_5941.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
During the Woodworking in America Conference, there were two quotes that really stood
out from all the <i>bon mots</i> that were hurled.<br /><br />
First up, Toshio Odate: "I speak broke English. I don't speak bull***t."<br /><br />
And Roy Underhill: "We had a saying at Colonial Williamsburg: Stop trying to improve
the 18th century."<br /><br />
It was that second quote that was ringing in my head this morning as I nailed some
glue blocks into my latest project. I'm finishing up work on the reproduction of the
Shaker sitting bench from the White Water community and I was overcome by the urge
to improve the 19th century.<br /><br />
This bench is nailed together. There's a seat plank, two long aprons below it and
three legs. This bench, unlike many Shaker benches I've seen, lacks diagonal cross-braces.
Despite this, the bench has held up well and is still quite sturdy.<br /><br />
But I'm worried about our 21st-century girth. This bench is likely to get used, and
the last thing I want is for the thing to collapse in my lifetime.<br /><br />
So this morning I reinforced the legs with some glue blocks. I glued and nailed them
between the aprons and the legs. These glue blocks will reinforce the legs and keep
them from getting pulled from side to side. Yeah, I know there's a little bit of a
cross-grain problem there. But it's minimal, and the nails will bend.<br /><br />
And if the <a title="Friends of White Water Shaker Village" href="http://www.whitewatervillage.org/" id="ihb4">Friends
of White Water Shaker Village</a> decide they don't like them, they can remove them
easily. I installed the glue blocks with hide glue, so they can be removed. This benefit
of hide glue is definitely something from that past that cannot be improved.<br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230" />
      </body>
      <title>The Undeniable Urge to Meddle</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/The+Undeniable+Urge+To+Meddle.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 13 Oct 2009 12:04:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/glue_blocks_IMG_5941.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
During the Woodworking in America Conference, there were two quotes that really stood
out from all the &lt;i&gt;bon mots&lt;/i&gt; that were hurled.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
First up, Toshio Odate: "I speak broke English. I don't speak bull***t."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And Roy Underhill: "We had a saying at Colonial Williamsburg: Stop trying to improve
the 18th century."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It was that second quote that was ringing in my head this morning as I nailed some
glue blocks into my latest project. I'm finishing up work on the reproduction of the
Shaker sitting bench from the White Water community and I was overcome by the urge
to improve the 19th century.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This bench is nailed together. There's a seat plank, two long aprons below it and
three legs. This bench, unlike many Shaker benches I've seen, lacks diagonal cross-braces.
Despite this, the bench has held up well and is still quite sturdy.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But I'm worried about our 21st-century girth. This bench is likely to get used, and
the last thing I want is for the thing to collapse in my lifetime.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So this morning I reinforced the legs with some glue blocks. I glued and nailed them
between the aprons and the legs. These glue blocks will reinforce the legs and keep
them from getting pulled from side to side. Yeah, I know there's a little bit of a
cross-grain problem there. But it's minimal, and the nails will bend.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And if the &lt;a title="Friends of White Water Shaker Village" href="http://www.whitewatervillage.org/" id="ihb4"&gt;Friends
of White Water Shaker Village&lt;/a&gt; decide they don't like them, they can remove them
easily. I installed the glue blocks with hide glue, so they can be removed. This benefit
of hide glue is definitely something from that past that cannot be improved.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS%5B1%5D.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e5bf15b0-59e5-4af1-acc1-ef2a54547230.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Underhill_dovetail_chest_IMG_0627.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Even though I am 100-percent confident in my ability to join two boards together using
the tail-of-the-bird joint, I am always riveted when I get to see how other accomplished
woodworkers go about the task.<br /><br />
In fact, when I watch others work, I never fail to pick up some important details.<br /><br />
On Saturday at our Woodworking in America conference I got to watch Roy Underhill
from "The Woodwright's Shop" television show cut some dovetails and discuss his approach,
which is planted in history and practical experience. So here it goes.<br /><br />
Underhill began by asking the audience to tell him the rules of cutting dovetails,
and he got a big long list of everything from the degree of the slope to the layout
to the order of operations. Then he showed us a pre-Civil War tool chest – a beautiful
dovetailed tool chest – that violated almost all of those rules. And that's where
he began discussing his approach to through-dovetails.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Dovetail_Details.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b> Layout</b>
          <br />
Underhill likes to cut the tails first when he can, and he strikes his baselines with
a cutting gauge set to the thickness of the work plus 1/32nd.<br /><br />
Then he lays out the tails by first marking the half pins at the edges of the tail
board. How wide should the base of each half pin be? One-half your stock thickness.
Underhill was joining 3/4"-thick material, so the half pins were 3/8". He laid those
out with a 3/8"-wide chisel. This measurement – 3/8" in this case – is also the space
between the each tail at the baseline.<br /><br />
How wide are the tails themselves? Underhill uses twice the thickness of the material
– or 1-1/2" wide in this case. Then he lays out the tails using a ruler that he lays
diagonally on the board. He marks out the centerlines where the holes for the pins
should go, then strikes out the 3/8" dimension by eyeballing the 3/8" chisel on the
centerline. Then pounding it with his hand.<br /><br /><b> Slope Angle</b><br />
Underhill isn't much of a believer in using certain slope angles. He goes by eye and
scribes them with a sharp pencil and a bevel gauge.<br /><br />
"Oh, that looks good," he said. Then he shows the layout to the audience and said
that if it looked right it was right.<br /><br />
"Throw away your dovetail marker," he said. "Just do it. Throw it away." Then he cuts
the tails but does not remove the waste between them.<br /><br /><b> Transfer the Marks. No Knife</b><br />
To transfer the shape of the tails onto the pin board, Underhill uses his dovetail
saw. He places his tail board on top of his pin board (which is clamped in a vise).
And then places the dovetail saw in the kerf and scores the end grain of the pin board.
It's a light mark. Too deep and your saw will jump into the kerf when you are sawing
out the pins. You actually want to saw in the waste next to this line.<br /><br />
Then he draws the shape of his pins on the pin board and cuts them with a dovetail
saw. To remove the waste between the pins, Underhill uses a coping saw, which he lubricates
with mutton tallow.<br /><br /><b> Chiseling Out</b><br />
When he chisels out the remaining waste he intentionally leaves a hump in the floors
between the pins. Then the clamps the board upright in a face vise to pare out the
remaining hump.<br /><br />
To remove the waste left between the tails, Underhill uses two chisels. He used a
3/8" chisel at the baseline and a 1/4" above the baseline. He beavered out a "V" using
the two chisels (I've never seen this technique before).<br /><br />
Then he asked the audience to please not ask him about gluing dovetails.<br /><br />
"I'm a TV woodworker," he said. "So I can't glue anything together on camera because
we might have to knock it apart and do it again."<br /><br />
The message from Underhill (or St. Roy to you and me) is this: Dovetails were made
in a wide variety of ways by skilled craftsmen. If you are building an original design,
make dovetails that look good to your eye. If you are going to copy a piece, use their
layout. 
<br /><br />
"We had a saying at Colonial Williamsburg," Underhill said. "It was: 'Stop trying
to improve the 18th century.'"<br /><br />
And if the above rational discussion doesn't settle the arguments about dovetails,
I recommend you do what Underhill did later that evening: Arm wrestle the managing
editor who prefers pins-first instead of tails-first.<br /><br /><i> — Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/underhill_arm_wrestle_IMG_0656.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d" />
      </body>
      <title>Roy Underhill's Dovetails</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Roy+Underhills+Dovetails.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Sat, 10 Oct 2009 00:25:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Underhill_dovetail_chest_IMG_0627.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Even though I am 100-percent confident in my ability to join two boards together using
the tail-of-the-bird joint, I am always riveted when I get to see how other accomplished
woodworkers go about the task.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In fact, when I watch others work, I never fail to pick up some important details.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On Saturday at our Woodworking in America conference I got to watch Roy Underhill
from "The Woodwright's Shop" television show cut some dovetails and discuss his approach,
which is planted in history and practical experience. So here it goes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Underhill began by asking the audience to tell him the rules of cutting dovetails,
and he got a big long list of everything from the degree of the slope to the layout
to the order of operations. Then he showed us a pre-Civil War tool chest – a beautiful
dovetailed tool chest – that violated almost all of those rules. And that's where
he began discussing his approach to through-dovetails.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Dovetail_Details.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Layout&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Underhill likes to cut the tails first when he can, and he strikes his baselines with
a cutting gauge set to the thickness of the work plus 1/32nd.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then he lays out the tails by first marking the half pins at the edges of the tail
board. How wide should the base of each half pin be? One-half your stock thickness.
Underhill was joining 3/4"-thick material, so the half pins were 3/8". He laid those
out with a 3/8"-wide chisel. This measurement – 3/8" in this case – is also the space
between the each tail at the baseline.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
How wide are the tails themselves? Underhill uses twice the thickness of the material
– or 1-1/2" wide in this case. Then he lays out the tails using a ruler that he lays
diagonally on the board. He marks out the centerlines where the holes for the pins
should go, then strikes out the 3/8" dimension by eyeballing the 3/8" chisel on the
centerline. Then pounding it with his hand.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Slope Angle&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Underhill isn't much of a believer in using certain slope angles. He goes by eye and
scribes them with a sharp pencil and a bevel gauge.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"Oh, that looks good," he said. Then he shows the layout to the audience and said
that if it looked right it was right.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"Throw away your dovetail marker," he said. "Just do it. Throw it away." Then he cuts
the tails but does not remove the waste between them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Transfer the Marks. No Knife&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
To transfer the shape of the tails onto the pin board, Underhill uses his dovetail
saw. He places his tail board on top of his pin board (which is clamped in a vise).
And then places the dovetail saw in the kerf and scores the end grain of the pin board.
It's a light mark. Too deep and your saw will jump into the kerf when you are sawing
out the pins. You actually want to saw in the waste next to this line.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then he draws the shape of his pins on the pin board and cuts them with a dovetail
saw. To remove the waste between the pins, Underhill uses a coping saw, which he lubricates
with mutton tallow.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt; Chiseling Out&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When he chisels out the remaining waste he intentionally leaves a hump in the floors
between the pins. Then the clamps the board upright in a face vise to pare out the
remaining hump.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
To remove the waste left between the tails, Underhill uses two chisels. He used a
3/8" chisel at the baseline and a 1/4" above the baseline. He beavered out a "V" using
the two chisels (I've never seen this technique before).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then he asked the audience to please not ask him about gluing dovetails.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"I'm a TV woodworker," he said. "So I can't glue anything together on camera because
we might have to knock it apart and do it again."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The message from Underhill (or St. Roy to you and me) is this: Dovetails were made
in a wide variety of ways by skilled craftsmen. If you are building an original design,
make dovetails that look good to your eye. If you are going to copy a piece, use their
layout. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"We had a saying at Colonial Williamsburg," Underhill said. "It was: 'Stop trying
to improve the 18th century.'"&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And if the above rational discussion doesn't settle the arguments about dovetails,
I recommend you do what Underhill did later that evening: Arm wrestle the managing
editor who prefers pins-first instead of tails-first.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt; — Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/underhill_arm_wrestle_IMG_0656.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,0665fdd6-d79a-4dc8-9cbb-abfb4f464e0d.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>4</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chinese_stool_IMG_7407.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Back in June, some of you might remember that I was building an Ohio copy of a fascinating
three-legged Chinese stool. And some of you might also remember how I <a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Complete+Utter+And+Total+Fail.aspx">flamed
out</a> at the very end of the project, cutting a single tenon at the wrong angle,
ruining the entire thing with no time to recover before the scheduled photo shoot.<br /><br />
Well I got pulled into another project, and Senior Editor Robert W. Lang started building
two of the stools last month for the Winter 2009 issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>.
Bob is just as interested in the stool and its joinery as I am, so he seemed happy
to take up the challenge.<br /><br />
Until today.<br /><br />
As I was cutting through the shop to get to the copier Bob was at his bench working
on the stool and I stopped by to check his progress. During the last month I've watched
as he ran into the same challenges that I did. And he's recovered nicely each time.<br /><br />
But today he got one of the stretchers flipped over as he was marking it and he cut
its shoulder at the opposite angle he was looking for.<br /><br />
But Bob is smart. He has that second stool already in the works, and I'm sure he'll
pull it together in time. Meanwhile, I've got that Shaker bench to build – and I better
get cracking at my presentation at <a href="http://handtools.woodworkinginamerica.com/GeneralMenu/">Woodworking
in America</a>.<br /><br />
Couple quick notes on that event next weekend in Valley Forge:<br /><br />
1. We will have copies of my new book <a href="http://www.woodworkersbookshop.com/product/book-woodworking-magazine-handplane-essentials/">"Handplane
Essentials"</a> there to sell as well as our reprint of Joesph Moxon's <a href="http://www.lostartpress.com/product/da5ef04d-4805-4b1e-aed4-9bfc84c19591.aspx">"The
Art of Joinery"</a> with my commentary.<br /><br />
2. We will not have copies of the new book we're publishing with Joel Moskowitz titled <a href="http://blog.lostartpress.com/2009/09/18/Preorder+The+Joiner+And+Cabinet+Maker+Book+Now+Pay+Later.aspx">"The
Joiner and Cabinet Maker."</a> However, I hope to have a printout of the book to share
there and will be discussing the 1839 bench plane techniques there in public for the
first time.<br /><br />
3. It will be a bench-lover's paradise: The Roubo, the Holtzapffel, the Gluebo and
Bob's 21st -century Workbench will all be there and in use. 
<br /><br />
I hope you can stop by Oct. 2-4.<br /><br /><i> — Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8" />
      </body>
      <title>Curse of the Chinese Stool</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Curse+Of+The+Chinese+Stool.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 23 Sep 2009 02:03:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chinese_stool_IMG_7407.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Back in June, some of you might remember that I was building an Ohio copy of a fascinating
three-legged Chinese stool. And some of you might also remember how I &lt;a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Complete+Utter+And+Total+Fail.aspx"&gt;flamed
out&lt;/a&gt; at the very end of the project, cutting a single tenon at the wrong angle,
ruining the entire thing with no time to recover before the scheduled photo shoot.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Well I got pulled into another project, and Senior Editor Robert W. Lang started building
two of the stools last month for the Winter 2009 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;.
Bob is just as interested in the stool and its joinery as I am, so he seemed happy
to take up the challenge.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Until today.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As I was cutting through the shop to get to the copier Bob was at his bench working
on the stool and I stopped by to check his progress. During the last month I've watched
as he ran into the same challenges that I did. And he's recovered nicely each time.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But today he got one of the stretchers flipped over as he was marking it and he cut
its shoulder at the opposite angle he was looking for.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But Bob is smart. He has that second stool already in the works, and I'm sure he'll
pull it together in time. Meanwhile, I've got that Shaker bench to build – and I better
get cracking at my presentation at &lt;a href="http://handtools.woodworkinginamerica.com/GeneralMenu/"&gt;Woodworking
in America&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Couple quick notes on that event next weekend in Valley Forge:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
1. We will have copies of my new book &lt;a href="http://www.woodworkersbookshop.com/product/book-woodworking-magazine-handplane-essentials/"&gt;"Handplane
Essentials"&lt;/a&gt; there to sell as well as our reprint of Joesph Moxon's &lt;a href="http://www.lostartpress.com/product/da5ef04d-4805-4b1e-aed4-9bfc84c19591.aspx"&gt;"The
Art of Joinery"&lt;/a&gt; with my commentary.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
2. We will not have copies of the new book we're publishing with Joel Moskowitz titled &lt;a href="http://blog.lostartpress.com/2009/09/18/Preorder+The+Joiner+And+Cabinet+Maker+Book+Now+Pay+Later.aspx"&gt;"The
Joiner and Cabinet Maker."&lt;/a&gt; However, I hope to have a printout of the book to share
there and will be discussing the 1839 bench plane techniques there in public for the
first time.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
3. It will be a bench-lover's paradise: The Roubo, the Holtzapffel, the Gluebo and
Bob's 21st -century Workbench will all be there and in use. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I hope you can stop by Oct. 2-4.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt; — Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,2565261a-ff01-4d7c-90ff-ad1dd18323e8.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Woodworking Classes</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_union_open_IMG_0166.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>
            <b>Question:</b> I often see dovetail layout lines left showing on the exterior
of pieces. As I'm in final cleanup up of a blanket chest (yes, the Union Village chest
from your article) the layout lines are still visible after I've got the piece smooth. 
However, the lines do not uniformly show on all edges. 
<br /><br />
What to do? Get rid of them all, re-establish lines consistently around the piece,
or just leave it as is with faint lines of inconsistent depth around the piece? It
doesn't look all that bad as it is.<br /><br />
— Rick Bowles</i>
          <br />
          <br />
          <b>Non-answer:</b> The question of leaving tool marks behind seems thorny at first.
There are those who say that removing marks, such as your layout lines, is what a
pre-industrial joiner or cabinet maker would consider "neat and workmanlike." And
there are those who say that leaving tool marks is what separates you from the giant
CNC mills that poop out almost-adequately sanded highboys every two minutes.<br /><br />
Here's how I approach it. My opinion is only that, but you asked for it.<br /><br />
Unless you roll a stump into your living room and call it a coffee table, every aspect
of furniture is a tool mark. Sandpaper, for example, is a tool and leaves a distinctive
surface. A router-cut moulding is almost always different than one cut with moulding
planes.<br /><br />
So the question of tool marks is which ones you choose to leave behind. When I build
a piece that is a reproduction or is in the spirit of a past style, then I try to
get a feel for the marks that were typical.<br /><br />
So what is appropriate for a Union Village blanket chest? Let's take a look. The following
shots were taken only to document this piece's construction details, so you'll have
to forgive the photo quality. They were never intended to be published.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_rear_IMG_3898.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Let's start at the back of the case, near the lid. In this shot you can see that the
baseline has been erased by the maker's plane (all the surfaces of this piece are
planed). And this is a secondary surface that will likely be against the wall or a
bed. Hmmm.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_rear2_IMG_3900.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Now let's look at the base of the chest, still at the rear and still on the same corner.
Here you can see toolmarks everywhere. The baseline is there, as are marks from laying
out the dovetails on the plinth (aka, the base).
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_Front_A_IMG_390.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
OK, now let's look at the front of the chest. This chest features half-blind dovetails,
and the tails are on the ends. Though the photo is a tad grainy, there are faint baselines
up and down the end pieces.<br /><br />
My conclusion here is that this maker wasn't really concerned with the baselines.
When they were removed (such as at the back), that was OK. When they were left behind,
that was OK, too. Bottom line: The baselines on this walnut piece are not distracting.<br /><br />
So Rick, I think you are done. If the piece looks good to your eye and the toolmarks
are neither sloppy nor distracting, then I think you can call it a day and start finishing
the piece.
</p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS.jpg" border="0" />
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d" />
      </body>
      <title>What is Not a Tool Mark?</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/What+Is+Not+A+Tool+Mark.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 21 Sep 2009 12:04:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_union_open_IMG_0166.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;&lt;b&gt;Question:&lt;/b&gt; I often see dovetail layout lines left showing on the exterior
of pieces. As I'm in final cleanup up of a blanket chest (yes, the Union Village chest
from your article) the layout lines are still visible after I've got the piece smooth.&amp;nbsp;
However, the lines do not uniformly show on all edges. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
What to do? Get rid of them all, re-establish lines consistently around the piece,
or just leave it as is with faint lines of inconsistent depth around the piece? It
doesn't look all that bad as it is.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
— Rick Bowles&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Non-answer:&lt;/b&gt; The question of leaving tool marks behind seems thorny at first.
There are those who say that removing marks, such as your layout lines, is what a
pre-industrial joiner or cabinet maker would consider "neat and workmanlike." And
there are those who say that leaving tool marks is what separates you from the giant
CNC mills that poop out almost-adequately sanded highboys every two minutes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Here's how I approach it. My opinion is only that, but you asked for it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Unless you roll a stump into your living room and call it a coffee table, every aspect
of furniture is a tool mark. Sandpaper, for example, is a tool and leaves a distinctive
surface. A router-cut moulding is almost always different than one cut with moulding
planes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So the question of tool marks is which ones you choose to leave behind. When I build
a piece that is a reproduction or is in the spirit of a past style, then I try to
get a feel for the marks that were typical.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So what is appropriate for a Union Village blanket chest? Let's take a look. The following
shots were taken only to document this piece's construction details, so you'll have
to forgive the photo quality. They were never intended to be published.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_rear_IMG_3898.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Let's start at the back of the case, near the lid. In this shot you can see that the
baseline has been erased by the maker's plane (all the surfaces of this piece are
planed). And this is a secondary surface that will likely be against the wall or a
bed. Hmmm.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_rear2_IMG_3900.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Now let's look at the base of the chest, still at the rear and still on the same corner.
Here you can see toolmarks everywhere. The baseline is there, as are marks from laying
out the dovetails on the plinth (aka, the base).
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/South_Union_Front_A_IMG_390.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
OK, now let's look at the front of the chest. This chest features half-blind dovetails,
and the tails are on the ends. Though the photo is a tad grainy, there are faint baselines
up and down the end pieces.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
My conclusion here is that this maker wasn't really concerned with the baselines.
When they were removed (such as at the back), that was OK. When they were left behind,
that was OK, too. Bottom line: The baselines on this walnut piece are not distracting.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So Rick, I think you are done. If the piece looks good to your eye and the toolmarks
are neither sloppy nor distracting, then I think you can call it a day and start finishing
the piece.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,eb8cfcc7-dc02-4e01-9083-746193c8c75d.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Reader Questions</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_opener_IMG_5712-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
This morning I decided to repair the vintage Chinese stool that we knocked apart earlier
this year. Senior Editor Robert W. "Bob" Lang is building a couple reproductions for
the winter 2009 issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>, and the parts of this vintage
stool have been gathering dust on one of my sawbenches.<br /><br />
I need that sawbench. So I broke out the hide glue.<br /><br />
I love wedging up chair joints. If I could do that for a living, I probably would.
It's a nice combination of applying a simple machine (a wedge) and some derring-do.<br /><br />
Making good wedges is always something that frustrates beginners. They try to saw
them out by hand or split them or come up with some wack-nutty dangerous way to make
a good wooden wedge.<br /><br />
I make mine on the band saw. I have a jig at home for it, but you don't need a jig.
Just blue tape.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_setup_IMG_5701.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Step 1:</b> Use the blue tape to seal up the throat insert of your band saw. The
insert on our Steel City is a gaping maw that chews up small parts. One piece of tape
in front of the blade and one right behind it should do.<br /><br /><b>Step 2:</b> Lay down a piece of blue tape on your band saw's table that is in line
with the blade. This will help you enormously when you make your wedges.<br /><br /><b>Step 3:</b> Set your band saw's miter gauge. I like 5° for most jobs – that makes
a nice slim wedge. A 7° setting will give you a big fatty that can be useful for big
jobs.<br /><br /><b>Step 4:</b> Cut yourself some stock. Crosscut a 1-1/2"-long piece of some wide
stock. I like white oak for this job because it can take a beating and a bending.
I've also used ash with good results. I don't recommend ebony. It splits.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_lineup_IMG_5702.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Step 5:</b> Cut one end off your block. Throw away the off fall – it's only half
a wedge. Now flip the block over and line up the piece of the work nearest you with
the blue tape.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_flip_IMG_5710-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Step 6:</b> Make the cut. What falls off is a perfect wedge. Flip the work and
cut again. Keep going until your fingers get too close to the blade.<br /><br />
To apply the wedges, I like to put glue in the mortise and on the wedge. Then you
tap it home. Where "home" is exactly is the exact question. Too much "home" and you're
going to have a broken one. There's feel and sound involved.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgies_wedges_IMG_5711-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The stool went together just fine. The monkeys who disassembled it did a real job
on one of the tenons. I had to make a new tenon and wedge that in two directions.
I love Fridays in the shop.<br /><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS.jpg" border="0" /><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_done_IMG_5714-1.jpg" border="0" />
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682" />
      </body>
      <title>Better Self-administered Wedgies</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Better+Selfadministered+Wedgies.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 18 Sep 2009 14:43:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_opener_IMG_5712-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This morning I decided to repair the vintage Chinese stool that we knocked apart earlier
this year. Senior Editor Robert W. "Bob" Lang is building a couple reproductions for
the winter 2009 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;, and the parts of this vintage
stool have been gathering dust on one of my sawbenches.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I need that sawbench. So I broke out the hide glue.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I love wedging up chair joints. If I could do that for a living, I probably would.
It's a nice combination of applying a simple machine (a wedge) and some derring-do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Making good wedges is always something that frustrates beginners. They try to saw
them out by hand or split them or come up with some wack-nutty dangerous way to make
a good wooden wedge.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I make mine on the band saw. I have a jig at home for it, but you don't need a jig.
Just blue tape.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_setup_IMG_5701.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 1:&lt;/b&gt; Use the blue tape to seal up the throat insert of your band saw. The
insert on our Steel City is a gaping maw that chews up small parts. One piece of tape
in front of the blade and one right behind it should do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 2:&lt;/b&gt; Lay down a piece of blue tape on your band saw's table that is in line
with the blade. This will help you enormously when you make your wedges.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 3:&lt;/b&gt; Set your band saw's miter gauge. I like 5° for most jobs – that makes
a nice slim wedge. A 7° setting will give you a big fatty that can be useful for big
jobs.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 4:&lt;/b&gt; Cut yourself some stock. Crosscut a 1-1/2"-long piece of some wide
stock. I like white oak for this job because it can take a beating and a bending.
I've also used ash with good results. I don't recommend ebony. It splits.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_lineup_IMG_5702.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 5:&lt;/b&gt; Cut one end off your block. Throw away the off fall – it's only half
a wedge. Now flip the block over and line up the piece of the work nearest you with
the blue tape.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_flip_IMG_5710-1.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Step 6:&lt;/b&gt; Make the cut. What falls off is a perfect wedge. Flip the work and
cut again. Keep going until your fingers get too close to the blade.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
To apply the wedges, I like to put glue in the mortise and on the wedge. Then you
tap it home. Where "home" is exactly is the exact question. Too much "home" and you're
going to have a broken one. There's feel and sound involved.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgies_wedges_IMG_5711-1.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The stool went together just fine. The monkeys who disassembled it did a real job
on one of the tenons. I had to make a new tenon and wedge that in two directions.
I love Fridays in the shop.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CS.jpg" border="0"&gt; 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/wedgie_done_IMG_5714-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,42aad1a9-4b2f-490c-b723-5b96cf45c682.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/WIA_headley2_IMG_0492.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <p>
One of best ways to learn how a piece of furniture is put together is to take it apart.
Many of the best furniture makers I know who work in historical styles have done a
fair bit of restoration or conservation work 
</p>
        <p>
Last week at the Woodworking in America: Furniture Construction and Design conference,
all the attendees got a chance to dive deep into how American casework is built with
the help of Jeff Headley and Steve Hamilton of <a href="http://www.headleyandsons.com/">Mack
S. Headley &amp; Sons cabinetmakers</a>. 
</p>
        <p>
Jeff and Steve brought an entire van load of reproduction furniture they've built
that could be completely disassembled. And during the three-day conference, they took
pieces apart, put them back together showed us every single trick we asked about. 
</p>
        <p>
Want to know how to make a curved French foot? They showed us how. It's so simple
that I am now crazy to give it a try myself. 
</p>
        <p>
They explained how they do complex angled work. In a nutshell: Don't angle the tenons.
Angle the mortises. And when they passed the pieces around, the scales fell from my
eyes. 
</p>
        <p>
I attended one of their lectures on Saturday where they assembled a Chippendale chest
of drawers, a Hepplewhite chest of drawers with a French foot and a gate-leg table
with some incredible angled work. Plus they disassembled a scale highboy (I think
it was Queen Anne). 
</p>
        <p>
But that wasn't the half of it. 
</p>
        <p>
At the two-hour-long question and answer sessions, Steve and Jeff worked with everyone
one-on-one and showed us even more pieces, such as a Winchester drop-front desk with
13 secret compartments and a tall clock. And they had dozens of examples of carving
and joinery to pass around for us to inspect. 
</p>
        <p>
They explained why they use white glue almost exclusively in their shop. How they
finish their pieces. All the carving tools they use (by brand, number and sweep).
In two hours I think I took in about as much information as I can gather by hunting
myself in a year. 
</p>
        <p>
This is the same format (lectures plus extended hands-on/question-and-answer sessions)
that we're going to be using for our <a href="http://handtools.woodworkinginamerica.com/GeneralMenu/">hand-tool
conference in October in Valley Forge, Pa.</a> If you liked our conference in Berea,
you'll be blown away by our conference in Valley Forge. I can't wait. 
</p>
        <p>
          <i>— Christopher Schwarz</i>
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/WIA_headley1_IMG_0498.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7" />
      </body>
      <title>Woodworking in America: Disassemble This!</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Woodworking+In+America+Disassemble+This.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 17 Aug 2009 17:16:56 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/WIA_headley2_IMG_0492.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
One of best ways to learn how a piece of furniture is put together is to take it apart.
Many of the best furniture makers I know who work in historical styles have done a
fair bit of restoration or conservation work 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Last week at the Woodworking in America: Furniture Construction and Design conference,
all the attendees got a chance to dive deep into how American casework is built with
the help of Jeff Headley and Steve Hamilton of &lt;a href="http://www.headleyandsons.com/"&gt;Mack
S. Headley &amp;amp; Sons cabinetmakers&lt;/a&gt;. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Jeff and Steve brought an entire van load of reproduction furniture they've built
that could be completely disassembled. And during the three-day conference, they took
pieces apart, put them back together showed us every single trick we asked about. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Want to know how to make a curved French foot? They showed us how. It's so simple
that I am now crazy to give it a try myself. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
They explained how they do complex angled work. In a nutshell: Don't angle the tenons.
Angle the mortises. And when they passed the pieces around, the scales fell from my
eyes. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I attended one of their lectures on Saturday where they assembled a Chippendale chest
of drawers, a Hepplewhite chest of drawers with a French foot and a gate-leg table
with some incredible angled work. Plus they disassembled a scale highboy (I think
it was Queen Anne). 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
But that wasn't the half of it. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
At the two-hour-long question and answer sessions, Steve and Jeff worked with everyone
one-on-one and showed us even more pieces, such as a Winchester drop-front desk with
13 secret compartments and a tall clock. And they had dozens of examples of carving
and joinery to pass around for us to inspect. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
They explained why they use white glue almost exclusively in their shop. How they
finish their pieces. All the carving tools they use (by brand, number and sweep).
In two hours I think I took in about as much information as I can gather by hunting
myself in a year. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This is the same format (lectures plus extended hands-on/question-and-answer sessions)
that we're going to be using for our &lt;a href="http://handtools.woodworkinginamerica.com/GeneralMenu/"&gt;hand-tool
conference in October in Valley Forge, Pa.&lt;/a&gt; If you liked our conference in Berea,
you'll be blown away by our conference in Valley Forge. I can't wait. 
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/WIA_headley1_IMG_0498.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,2c1caa53-bfe0-40cd-a708-ef28432af4e7.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Woodworking Classes</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LVL_glue.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I have never used the right amount of glue – well that’s the way everyone else sees
it.<br /><br />
Whenever Publisher Steve Shanesy comes in while I’m gluing, he’s bound to make a comment
that I’ve got too much glue on a surface. My reply has always been: Better too much
than too little. I’ve never had any finishing problems relating to glue squeeze-out
(a great benefit of handplaning your panels) and I haven’t had any joints fail.<br /><br />
Other glue experts would say I use too little glue. I rarely wet both surfaces of
a joint (though I’m trying to change my ways on that). I prefer to apply it fairly
liberally on one surface then work quickly to get the two surfaces together, especially
when I’m using yellow glue.<br /><br />
On Friday we laminated the pieces for the legs on the new LVL workbench. The photo
above shows about how much glue I use to join these two surfaces, which make up about
155 square inches on each face.<br /><br />
I poured out a thick bead from the bottle (no fancy glue bottles here) then used a
scrap of thin wood about the size of a credit card to trowel the glue to a thin layer.
Then I quickly put the two parts together and got a clamp on the lamination at the
center.<br /><br />
In the end I looked for a bead of glue squeeze-out at the seam that looks like water
beads arrayed on a spider’s web. 
<br /><br />
Actually, in the end I’m looking for joints that won’t fail. So far, so good.<br /><br />
In the coming days we’ll cut all the joinery for this bench using one setting on our
table saw with a dado stack. Then we’ll start bolting it together. 
<br /><br />
One promising sign that this is going to be a good bench: The 2-1/2"-thick top came
out quite flat, stiff and gap-free. And people in the shop are already starting to
work on it.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e" />
      </body>
      <title>Bound Up On the Topic of Glue</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Bound+Up+On+The+Topic+Of+Glue.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 27 Jul 2009 19:53:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LVL_glue.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I have never used the right amount of glue – well that’s the way everyone else sees
it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Whenever Publisher Steve Shanesy comes in while I’m gluing, he’s bound to make a comment
that I’ve got too much glue on a surface. My reply has always been: Better too much
than too little. I’ve never had any finishing problems relating to glue squeeze-out
(a great benefit of handplaning your panels) and I haven’t had any joints fail.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Other glue experts would say I use too little glue. I rarely wet both surfaces of
a joint (though I’m trying to change my ways on that). I prefer to apply it fairly
liberally on one surface then work quickly to get the two surfaces together, especially
when I’m using yellow glue.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On Friday we laminated the pieces for the legs on the new LVL workbench. The photo
above shows about how much glue I use to join these two surfaces, which make up about
155 square inches on each face.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I poured out a thick bead from the bottle (no fancy glue bottles here) then used a
scrap of thin wood about the size of a credit card to trowel the glue to a thin layer.
Then I quickly put the two parts together and got a clamp on the lamination at the
center.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In the end I looked for a bead of glue squeeze-out at the seam that looks like water
beads arrayed on a spider’s web. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Actually, in the end I’m looking for joints that won’t fail. So far, so good.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In the coming days we’ll cut all the joinery for this bench using one setting on our
table saw with a dado stack. Then we’ll start bolting it together. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
One promising sign that this is going to be a good bench: The 2-1/2"-thick top came
out quite flat, stiff and gap-free. And people in the shop are already starting to
work on it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,81c9e917-f3ce-4e9c-b0d5-618220db826e.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Workbenches</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chest_open_IMG_0370.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Though Charleston is the most ethnically diverse and open Southern city I’ve ever
visited, its taste in furniture has long been English.<br /><br />
And because I am working on a book (which should be out this fall) on English furniture
construction circa 1839, I took an afternoon during my visit to prowl one of the largest
antique stores on King Street.<br /><br />
I’ve been visiting this store every year since 1991 and have watched the owners try
to introduce various styles to the Charlestonians. In the early 1990s, they brought
in some Arts &amp; Crafts pieces. Then they tried some Frenchier stuff. A few years
ago there were even some Danish modern pieces in the back. But it seems they always
carry lots and lots of English stuff.<br /><br />
During this visit I focused on five-drawer chests from the early 19th century. All
of the 10 or so chests I examined from this period were obviously works of a cabinet
maker. They were all veneered (usually with mahogany) and featured stringing or banding
and nicely formed plinths.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/london_dovetails_IMG_0376.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
After that, the similarities ended. The drawers showed a diverse range of dovetailing
skills. On the best-looking chest in the store, every dang dovetail was overcut, patched
with shims, oddly sloped – just a rotten mess. And these were the half-blind dovetails
at the front of the chest. My theory: DWI (Dovetailing While Intoxicated). Or a ham-handed
apprentice. Or both.<br /><br />
But the chest’s proportions were perfect. The veneer matching was an A+. And, as my
dad pointed out, the drawers were still together.<br /><br />
On another chest, which was fairly nice, the dovetails were what some call “London
pattern.” The space between the tails was just a saw kerf. And the slopes were bold
and consistent.<br /><br />
It was also hard to make any generalizations about the quality of the chests based
on other factors. Some chests had 3/8"-thick quartersawn oak sides, nice drawer slips
and sides that finished in a nice rounded corner at the rear. Others had sides that
were 1/2" thick (or thicker) in pine with bottoms that had split because the grain
was running front to back. The craftsmanship did not seem to match the fineness of
the exterior.<br /><br />
The backs of the chests were all over the place. Only one was a frame-and-panel job.
The others were shiplapped or simply butt-jointed boards (you could see through them).
Sometimes the grain ran horizontal. Sometimes vertical. And the boards all looked
rough enough to be shingle material.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_chest_IMG_0369.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>And the Earlier Stuff</b>
          <br />
I also couldn’t help but notice two pieces in the store that were advertised as English
oak pieces from the Jacobean period in the early 17th century. Those of you who have
been following the work of <a href="http://pfollansbee.wordpress.com/">Peter Follansbee</a> will
recognize the overall look of these pieces.<br /><br />
To be honest, I wasn’t impressed by these two examples. The chest looked like it had
been refinished by an English tool dealer. All the surfaces throughout were too perfect,
like they had been stripped, power-sanded, stained and finished.<br /><br />
But perhaps I’m just cynical.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_panel1_IMG_0378.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The other piece was a tall cupboard, what an antique dealer might call a Welsh dresser.
The top was shallow and was for displaying plates. The bottom section had two drawers.
I liked some of the carving on this piece, though the drawers puzzled me.<br /><br />
The drawers were finely dovetailed with thin sides. Typical Jacobean drawers would
be thick, side-hung and nailed together, no? Perhaps the piece’s earlier drawers were
a victim of their original construction or some fashion change. Or perhaps I’m just
cynical.<br /><br />
In the end, the visit made me glad I’ll probably never need to purchase an antique.
Once you start looking at them closely and with a woodworker’s eye, the more wary
and paralyzed you become. The owners of this store have always been upfront about
everything they know about a piece – flaws and uncertainties are listed on the card
describing the piece – and they even get the wood identified by a scientist to authenticate
special pieces. But even with all that caution and openess, I'll stick to making my
own antiques. 
<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_panel_3IMG_0377.jpg" border="0" />
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff" />
      </body>
      <title>Wary and Paralyzed in the 19th Century</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Wary+And+Paralyzed+In+The+19th+Century.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2009 19:12:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chest_open_IMG_0370.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Though Charleston is the most ethnically diverse and open Southern city I’ve ever
visited, its taste in furniture has long been English.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And because I am working on a book (which should be out this fall) on English furniture
construction circa 1839, I took an afternoon during my visit to prowl one of the largest
antique stores on King Street.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’ve been visiting this store every year since 1991 and have watched the owners try
to introduce various styles to the Charlestonians. In the early 1990s, they brought
in some Arts &amp;amp; Crafts pieces. Then they tried some Frenchier stuff. A few years
ago there were even some Danish modern pieces in the back. But it seems they always
carry lots and lots of English stuff.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
During this visit I focused on five-drawer chests from the early 19th century. All
of the 10 or so chests I examined from this period were obviously works of a cabinet
maker. They were all veneered (usually with mahogany) and featured stringing or banding
and nicely formed plinths.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/london_dovetails_IMG_0376.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
After that, the similarities ended. The drawers showed a diverse range of dovetailing
skills. On the best-looking chest in the store, every dang dovetail was overcut, patched
with shims, oddly sloped – just a rotten mess. And these were the half-blind dovetails
at the front of the chest. My theory: DWI (Dovetailing While Intoxicated). Or a ham-handed
apprentice. Or both.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But the chest’s proportions were perfect. The veneer matching was an A+. And, as my
dad pointed out, the drawers were still together.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On another chest, which was fairly nice, the dovetails were what some call “London
pattern.” The space between the tails was just a saw kerf. And the slopes were bold
and consistent.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It was also hard to make any generalizations about the quality of the chests based
on other factors. Some chests had 3/8"-thick quartersawn oak sides, nice drawer slips
and sides that finished in a nice rounded corner at the rear. Others had sides that
were 1/2" thick (or thicker) in pine with bottoms that had split because the grain
was running front to back. The craftsmanship did not seem to match the fineness of
the exterior.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The backs of the chests were all over the place. Only one was a frame-and-panel job.
The others were shiplapped or simply butt-jointed boards (you could see through them).
Sometimes the grain ran horizontal. Sometimes vertical. And the boards all looked
rough enough to be shingle material.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_chest_IMG_0369.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;And the Earlier Stuff&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I also couldn’t help but notice two pieces in the store that were advertised as English
oak pieces from the Jacobean period in the early 17th century. Those of you who have
been following the work of &lt;a href="http://pfollansbee.wordpress.com/"&gt;Peter Follansbee&lt;/a&gt; will
recognize the overall look of these pieces.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
To be honest, I wasn’t impressed by these two examples. The chest looked like it had
been refinished by an English tool dealer. All the surfaces throughout were too perfect,
like they had been stripped, power-sanded, stained and finished.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But perhaps I’m just cynical.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_panel1_IMG_0378.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The other piece was a tall cupboard, what an antique dealer might call a Welsh dresser.
The top was shallow and was for displaying plates. The bottom section had two drawers.
I liked some of the carving on this piece, though the drawers puzzled me.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The drawers were finely dovetailed with thin sides. Typical Jacobean drawers would
be thick, side-hung and nailed together, no? Perhaps the piece’s earlier drawers were
a victim of their original construction or some fashion change. Or perhaps I’m just
cynical.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In the end, the visit made me glad I’ll probably never need to purchase an antique.
Once you start looking at them closely and with a woodworker’s eye, the more wary
and paralyzed you become. The owners of this store have always been upfront about
everything they know about a piece – flaws and uncertainties are listed on the card
describing the piece – and they even get the wood identified by a scientist to authenticate
special pieces. But even with all that caution and openess, I'll stick to making my
own antiques. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/oak_panel_3IMG_0377.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,46e7c66b-d3c0-482f-ba8c-6072dcdaaeff.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LNdrawbore_IMG_5161-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
In my review of drawbore pins in the <a href="http://www.woodworkersbookshop.com/product/print-issue-woodworking-magazine-issue-14-summer-2009/?r=pwgl071309">Summer
2009 issue</a>, one of my gripes with many of the tools were the round handles. A
round handle plus a round pin equals a tool on the floor.<br /><br />
My vintage pins had tapered octagonal handles. They stay put on the bench.<br /><br />
I praised the <a href="http://www.leevalley.com/wood/page.aspx?c=2&amp;p=62746&amp;cat=1,43456">Lee
Valley drawbore pins</a> for their octagonal handles, and now I want to do the same
for <a href="http://www.lie-nielsen.com/catalog.php?sku=1-DBP">Lie-Nielsen Toolworks</a>.
Thomas Lie-Nielsen said  his company will start offering the pins with octagonal
handles in a couple weeks.<br /><br />
He sent me a pair to try out, and they are great. The maple handles actually taper
at both ends and are easy to grip. If you are thinking of buying a pair of drawbore
pins, wait until they offer the octagonal versions.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d" />
      </body>
      <title>Amendment to My Review of Drawbore Pins</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Amendment+To+My+Review+Of+Drawbore+Pins.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2009 13:12:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LNdrawbore_IMG_5161-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
In my review of drawbore pins in the &lt;a href="http://www.woodworkersbookshop.com/product/print-issue-woodworking-magazine-issue-14-summer-2009/?r=pwgl071309"&gt;Summer
2009 issue&lt;/a&gt;, one of my gripes with many of the tools were the round handles. A
round handle plus a round pin equals a tool on the floor.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
My vintage pins had tapered octagonal handles. They stay put on the bench.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I praised the &lt;a href="http://www.leevalley.com/wood/page.aspx?c=2&amp;amp;p=62746&amp;amp;cat=1,43456"&gt;Lee
Valley drawbore pins&lt;/a&gt; for their octagonal handles, and now I want to do the same
for &lt;a href="http://www.lie-nielsen.com/catalog.php?sku=1-DBP"&gt;Lie-Nielsen Toolworks&lt;/a&gt;.
Thomas Lie-Nielsen said&amp;nbsp; his company will start offering the pins with octagonal
handles in a couple weeks.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
He sent me a pair to try out, and they are great. The maple handles actually taper
at both ends and are easy to grip. If you are thinking of buying a pair of drawbore
pins, wait until they offer the octagonal versions.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f9f323f0-f59f-4ef3-8f9d-1ee931119d5d.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/knife_IMG_7480.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Don’t buy the knife shown above. You’ll likely find it useless for dovetailing. It
will languish at the bottom of your tool box, mocking you every time you push it and
the Black &amp; Decker battery-powered tape measure aside.<br /><br />
Heck, I don’t even know who makes the knife. The handle says “KST,” but my catalogs
don’t turn up any tools for sale from that company. And during the last 16 years or
so I’ve slightly altered its profile to suit my work. I don’t think it’s the same
knife.<br /><br />
I don’t know where I got the knife. It’s always been in my toolbox. Did it come from
my grandfather’s shop? My dad’s? I honestly don’t remember.<br /><br />
Yet every time I’m cutting dovetails, this knife is in my hand. I won’t demonstrate
dovetails without it. If I lost it, I’d have to make a substitute.<br /><br />
What does this useless tool do? It’s the tool I use to make my dovetails fit the first
time. After I cut the tails, this knife quickly pops out any remaining waste or fur
in the acute corner that my chisel didn’t pop out.<br /><br />
After I cut the pins, this tool really goes to work. It cleans out the corners, natch,
but it also flattens the floor of the pins. The cutting edge has a very slight curve.
This allows me to put it on its side and shave any waste in the center of the pin
floor down. Thanks to the curve, the knife edge never touches the baseline.<br /><br />
And when I go to knock the joint together, this knife eases the inside corners of
the tailboard to make starting the joint easy and prevent any bruising of the pin
board.<br /><br />
But anytime I show someone how I use the knife, they just look at me more puzzled
than enlightened. 
<br /><br />
In my years of visiting other shops, I’ve found that most woodworkers have some sort
of odd piece of metal on a stick that they have ground to their personal liking to
do some specific chore. I’ve seen Senior Editor Bob Lang’s version (a brand of knife
also lost to time). Senior Editor Glen Huey hasn’t shown me his yet. I don’t know
if Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick has acquired one. Publisher Steve Shanesy’s is
made from a car bumper I think.<br /><br />
In any case, this is my knife. There are none like it and this one is mine.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br />
P.S. The dark lines around those dovetails are pencil marks, not gaps. Really. Come
to my house and check it out for yourself.<br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c" />
      </body>
      <title>A Woodworking Tool No One Else Needs</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/A+Woodworking+Tool+No+One+Else+Needs.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2009 19:37:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/knife_IMG_7480.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Don’t buy the knife shown above. You’ll likely find it useless for dovetailing. It
will languish at the bottom of your tool box, mocking you every time you push it and
the Black &amp;amp; Decker battery-powered tape measure aside.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Heck, I don’t even know who makes the knife. The handle says “KST,” but my catalogs
don’t turn up any tools for sale from that company. And during the last 16 years or
so I’ve slightly altered its profile to suit my work. I don’t think it’s the same
knife.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I don’t know where I got the knife. It’s always been in my toolbox. Did it come from
my grandfather’s shop? My dad’s? I honestly don’t remember.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Yet every time I’m cutting dovetails, this knife is in my hand. I won’t demonstrate
dovetails without it. If I lost it, I’d have to make a substitute.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
What does this useless tool do? It’s the tool I use to make my dovetails fit the first
time. After I cut the tails, this knife quickly pops out any remaining waste or fur
in the acute corner that my chisel didn’t pop out.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After I cut the pins, this tool really goes to work. It cleans out the corners, natch,
but it also flattens the floor of the pins. The cutting edge has a very slight curve.
This allows me to put it on its side and shave any waste in the center of the pin
floor down. Thanks to the curve, the knife edge never touches the baseline.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And when I go to knock the joint together, this knife eases the inside corners of
the tailboard to make starting the joint easy and prevent any bruising of the pin
board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But anytime I show someone how I use the knife, they just look at me more puzzled
than enlightened. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In my years of visiting other shops, I’ve found that most woodworkers have some sort
of odd piece of metal on a stick that they have ground to their personal liking to
do some specific chore. I’ve seen Senior Editor Bob Lang’s version (a brand of knife
also lost to time). Senior Editor Glen Huey hasn’t shown me his yet. I don’t know
if Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick has acquired one. Publisher Steve Shanesy’s is
made from a car bumper I think.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In any case, this is my knife. There are none like it and this one is mine.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
P.S. The dark lines around those dovetails are pencil marks, not gaps. Really. Come
to my house and check it out for yourself.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,632aec74-84a6-43fb-8dc6-2b7df562c75c.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>24</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_open_IMG_7457.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The words "always" and "never" will get you in trouble – so you should always endeavor
to never use them.<br /><br />
During the early stages of learning to cut dovetails, I foolishly tried to read everything
I could on the topic. It was foolish because it would probably take two lifetimes
(in dog years even) to get through all that material. And it was foolish because that
time would have been better spent practicing the joint.<br /><br />
In any case, several of the accounts I read sternly stated that you should never saw
past the baseline when dovetailing. 
<br /><br />
Not even when cutting the half-blinds on a drawer front? Those overcuts will never
show.<br /><br />
No, not even then.
</p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_overcuts_IMG_.jpg" border="0" />
        <p>
Of course, the historical record begs to differ. Today we measured four pieces of
furniture belonging to the <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/article/white_water_shakers">White
Water Shaker Village</a> in Hamilton County, Ohio, and I spent a lot of time pondering
the drawers.<br /><br />
All three drawers in one stepback cupboard we measured had drawers where the craftsman
overcut the baseline by as much as 1-3/4" to make it easier to clear out the waste.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_Rear_IMG_7455.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Like all drawers, this Shaker one has its own personality. Check out the through-dovetails
at the rear. On the right side you can see there's a straight tail to house the groove
for the bottom. I've seen that detail before, and I use it in my work as well.<br /><br />
On the top of the drawer there is a very unusual partial tail – about 1/4" wide –
that overlaps the back of the drawer. I don't think I've seen that one before.<br /><br />
And if you think that's an unusual drawer, here's a peek at what I like to call the
condor-tail joint.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Condor_IMG_7461.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8" />
      </body>
      <title>A Close Look at a Shaker Drawer</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/A+Close+Look+At+A+Shaker+Drawer.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2009 18:16:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_open_IMG_7457.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The words "always" and "never" will get you in trouble – so you should always endeavor
to never use them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
During the early stages of learning to cut dovetails, I foolishly tried to read everything
I could on the topic. It was foolish because it would probably take two lifetimes
(in dog years even) to get through all that material. And it was foolish because that
time would have been better spent practicing the joint.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In any case, several of the accounts I read sternly stated that you should never saw
past the baseline when dovetailing. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Not even when cutting the half-blinds on a drawer front? Those overcuts will never
show.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
No, not even then.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_overcuts_IMG_.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Of course, the historical record begs to differ. Today we measured four pieces of
furniture belonging to the &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/article/white_water_shakers"&gt;White
Water Shaker Village&lt;/a&gt; in Hamilton County, Ohio, and I spent a lot of time pondering
the drawers.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
All three drawers in one stepback cupboard we measured had drawers where the craftsman
overcut the baseline by as much as 1-3/4" to make it easier to clear out the waste.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Shaker_Drawer_Rear_IMG_7455.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Like all drawers, this Shaker one has its own personality. Check out the through-dovetails
at the rear. On the right side you can see there's a straight tail to house the groove
for the bottom. I've seen that detail before, and I use it in my work as well.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On the top of the drawer there is a very unusual partial tail – about 1/4" wide –
that overlaps the back of the drawer. I don't think I've seen that one before.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And if you think that's an unusual drawer, here's a peek at what I like to call the
condor-tail joint.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Condor_IMG_7461.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,57da05cb-fd18-4abf-8686-0001062ce6e8.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>26</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Fail_IMG_4869-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Do you like stories about gladiators? How about stories about idiot woodworking editors?<br /><br />
This week I was finishing up work on the joined Chinese stool for the cover of the
Autumn 2009 issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>. I took the components to my shop
at home – mostly to avoid all the scatological jokes we all were making about it.
("Hey Chris, you gonna push out that stool this week?")<br /><br />
On Tuesday I had just a couple joints left to cut – easy stuff. Then I just had to
do a little shaping and assembly. It was going to be no problem to get the stool ready
for the shoot on Friday.<br /><br />
About 10 a.m., I got bit by the dumb-donkey – as we say in Arkansas.<br /><br />
I'd taken the wrong construction drawing home with me. That preliminary drawing showed
tenons that were angled at 5°. The final construction drawing had them at 8.7°.<br /><br />
As soon as I assembled the stool without glue I knew I had a huge problem. I spent
about an hour trying to figure a way out of the mistake. But the best course was to
flush it and start over. So I headed back to the office to get some more 8/4 stock
for the legs.<br /><br />
After talking about my mistake with the magazine's staff, we decided to switch a few
things around. As a result the Chinese stool will be featured in the Winter 2009 issue
instead. For the cover of the Autumn 2009 issue we're going to use another project
I had in the can for a book I'm writing. I'll post details on that project next week
– I think you'll like it just as much as the stool.<br /><br />
In the meantime, feel free to snicker openly that Chris couldn't make a stool this
week.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e" />
      </body>
      <title>Complete, Utter and Total Fail</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Complete+Utter+And+Total+Fail.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2009 19:43:55 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Fail_IMG_4869-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Do you like stories about gladiators? How about stories about idiot woodworking editors?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This week I was finishing up work on the joined Chinese stool for the cover of the
Autumn 2009 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;. I took the components to my shop
at home – mostly to avoid all the scatological jokes we all were making about it.
("Hey Chris, you gonna push out that stool this week?")&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On Tuesday I had just a couple joints left to cut – easy stuff. Then I just had to
do a little shaping and assembly. It was going to be no problem to get the stool ready
for the shoot on Friday.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
About 10 a.m., I got bit by the dumb-donkey – as we say in Arkansas.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I'd taken the wrong construction drawing home with me. That preliminary drawing showed
tenons that were angled at 5°. The final construction drawing had them at 8.7°.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As soon as I assembled the stool without glue I knew I had a huge problem. I spent
about an hour trying to figure a way out of the mistake. But the best course was to
flush it and start over. So I headed back to the office to get some more 8/4 stock
for the legs.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After talking about my mistake with the magazine's staff, we decided to switch a few
things around. As a result the Chinese stool will be featured in the Winter 2009 issue
instead. For the cover of the Autumn 2009 issue we're going to use another project
I had in the can for a book I'm writing. I'll post details on that project next week
– I think you'll like it just as much as the stool.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In the meantime, feel free to snicker openly that Chris couldn't make a stool this
week.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,43c2ebf6-4099-408c-ac3b-013d5feb9f6e.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>14</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/vesper_IMG_7406.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
With every project there is always some tool that deserves an Academy Award-style
acceptance speech.<br /><br />
“In building this chest of drawers I’d like to thank my mom for birthing me, Hanes
for making the underwear that needed storing and my shoulder plane for fitting all
the tenons in the web frames.”<br /><br />
As I wrap up the joinery on the Chinese stool I’m building this week, I already know
which tool is a shoo-in for the award: My <a href="https://www.vespertools.com.au/index.php?option=com_virtuemart&amp;Itemid=34">Chris
Vesper bevel gauge</a>. Every joint in this stool is completely hand-cut. And every
joint is at an angle or is compound. (The tenons that attach the stretchers to the
legs are angled at 5° while the shoulders are at 14.5°. Wacky.)<br /><br />
So the Vesper bevel gauge is one of four bevel gauges I’m using to guide my layout
and my mortise chopping. Last night as I was cutting a tenon I pushed my carcase saw
aside, which pushed my mallet, which pushed the Vesper gauge onto the concrete floor,
lemming-style.<br /><br />
I picked it up and checked for damage. There was none to the brass body – I think
the gauge landed on its blade. Then I checked the bevel’s angle setting, which has
been locked in for two weeks. It hadn’t budged.<br /><br />
The Vesper gauge really has an iron grip. I’ve yet to encounter one that does a better
job. Plus, like all the tools made by this young Australian, it is flawless. If you’d
like to read more about Vesper and his tools, borrow or buy a copy of the latest <a href="http://finetoolj.com/"><i>Fine
Tool Journal</i></a>. I interviewed Vesper after he visited our <a href="http://woodworkinginamerica.com/">Woodworking
in America</a> show in Berea.<br /><br />
His bevels start at $160 U.S. In the interests of full disclosure: I bought this gauge
from Chris during his visit. Actually he bought two of my books and I paid him the
difference. I think I paid him all in $20 bills. Now that I've admitted this in public,
my wife has <i>carte blanche</i> to buy another pair of shoes.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19" />
      </body>
      <title>Chris Vesper and the Drop Test</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Chris+Vesper+And+The+Drop+Test.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 09 Jun 2009 12:47:00 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/vesper_IMG_7406.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
With every project there is always some tool that deserves an Academy Award-style
acceptance speech.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
“In building this chest of drawers I’d like to thank my mom for birthing me, Hanes
for making the underwear that needed storing and my shoulder plane for fitting all
the tenons in the web frames.”&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As I wrap up the joinery on the Chinese stool I’m building this week, I already know
which tool is a shoo-in for the award: My &lt;a href="https://www.vespertools.com.au/index.php?option=com_virtuemart&amp;amp;Itemid=34"&gt;Chris
Vesper bevel gauge&lt;/a&gt;. Every joint in this stool is completely hand-cut. And every
joint is at an angle or is compound. (The tenons that attach the stretchers to the
legs are angled at 5° while the shoulders are at 14.5°. Wacky.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So the Vesper bevel gauge is one of four bevel gauges I’m using to guide my layout
and my mortise chopping. Last night as I was cutting a tenon I pushed my carcase saw
aside, which pushed my mallet, which pushed the Vesper gauge onto the concrete floor,
lemming-style.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I picked it up and checked for damage. There was none to the brass body – I think
the gauge landed on its blade. Then I checked the bevel’s angle setting, which has
been locked in for two weeks. It hadn’t budged.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The Vesper gauge really has an iron grip. I’ve yet to encounter one that does a better
job. Plus, like all the tools made by this young Australian, it is flawless. If you’d
like to read more about Vesper and his tools, borrow or buy a copy of the latest &lt;a href="http://finetoolj.com/"&gt;&lt;i&gt;Fine
Tool Journal&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;. I interviewed Vesper after he visited our &lt;a href="http://woodworkinginamerica.com/"&gt;Woodworking
in America&lt;/a&gt; show in Berea.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
His bevels start at $160 U.S. In the interests of full disclosure: I bought this gauge
from Chris during his visit. Actually he bought two of my books and I paid him the
difference. I think I paid him all in $20 bills. Now that I've admitted this in public,
my wife has &lt;i&gt;carte blanche&lt;/i&gt; to buy another pair of shoes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,a8362fd7-9d94-4c95-a949-41ff2fd60b19.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Marking and Measuring</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown_open_IMG_4816.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When making through-mortises by hand, one of the occasional problems is that you get
a little mallet happy, you drive the mortise chisel a little too deep and you blow
out a piece of grain on the exit side.<br /><br />
Or you drive a too-tight tenon into the through-mortise, the tenon hits the rim of
the exit hole and the grain blows out. Or – when making angled through-mortises –
your chisel lifts up the face grain when you are bashing out the acute side of the
mortise. The results are anything but cute. Here's how I repair the damage. 
<br /><br />
The most important step is to make the repair immediately. If you put off the fix,
one of two bad things can happen.<br /><br />
1. You can lose the piece of loose grain.<br /><br />
2. The wound will collect dust, or the strings of torn grain will get knocked around.
If either of these things happens, you'll never get the piece back together.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown1_IMG_4813.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The first step with this repair is to clean the wound. When mortising, you can drive
some chips into the gash. Get a knife or a chisel and clean out the junk you might
have forced into the split. Sometimes you have to make the split worse to do this.
That's OK.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown2_IMG_4817.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Get your glue. I use yellow glue for most of these repairs. It's fast-drying and strong.
Cyanoacrylate is faster, but I have found that it's also quite brittle. One good knock
and the split will open again. 
<br /><br />
Pry open the wound a bit and wick the glue into the split. If possible, I'll hold
the workpiece so that gravity will help wick the glue in. If you can't get the glue
to wick into the split, pry the opening a little more. Or thin a little yellow glue
with water. (This will also slow its drying time.)
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown3_IMG_4818.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Press the grain flat with your fingers and ensure that glue is squeezing out where
it should – all around the split. Then tape the grain down. I use blue painter's tape.
Then put a clamp on the repair. Or use the pad of a holdfast if it's a chair seat
or some other large piece of work where your clamps won't reach.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown4_IMG_4819.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
You can remove the clamp after an hour or so. I don't recommend you work the split
until the glue has reached its full strength, which usually takes a day. 
<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5" />
      </body>
      <title>How I Fix Blown-out Grain</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/How+I+Fix+Blownout+Grain.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 05 Jun 2009 11:44:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown_open_IMG_4816.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When making through-mortises by hand, one of the occasional problems is that you get
a little mallet happy, you drive the mortise chisel a little too deep and you blow
out a piece of grain on the exit side.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Or you drive a too-tight tenon into the through-mortise, the tenon hits the rim of
the exit hole and the grain blows out. Or – when making angled through-mortises –
your chisel lifts up the face grain when you are bashing out the acute side of the
mortise. The results are anything but cute. Here's how I repair the damage. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The most important step is to make the repair immediately. If you put off the fix,
one of two bad things can happen.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
1. You can lose the piece of loose grain.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
2. The wound will collect dust, or the strings of torn grain will get knocked around.
If either of these things happens, you'll never get the piece back together.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown1_IMG_4813.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The first step with this repair is to clean the wound. When mortising, you can drive
some chips into the gash. Get a knife or a chisel and clean out the junk you might
have forced into the split. Sometimes you have to make the split worse to do this.
That's OK.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown2_IMG_4817.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Get your glue. I use yellow glue for most of these repairs. It's fast-drying and strong.
Cyanoacrylate is faster, but I have found that it's also quite brittle. One good knock
and the split will open again. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Pry open the wound a bit and wick the glue into the split. If possible, I'll hold
the workpiece so that gravity will help wick the glue in. If you can't get the glue
to wick into the split, pry the opening a little more. Or thin a little yellow glue
with water. (This will also slow its drying time.)
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown3_IMG_4818.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Press the grain flat with your fingers and ensure that glue is squeezing out where
it should – all around the split. Then tape the grain down. I use blue painter's tape.
Then put a clamp on the repair. Or use the pad of a holdfast if it's a chair seat
or some other large piece of work where your clamps won't reach.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/blown4_IMG_4819.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
You can remove the clamp after an hour or so. I don't recommend you work the split
until the glue has reached its full strength, which usually takes a day. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,6c2dc7d8-4d72-4cf7-bb8f-c05812df7bb5.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/stool_IMG_4783.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
One of my hobbies is chairmaking. That statement might sound kinda dumb. After all,
I’m a long-time woodworker and making wooden chairs is woodworking. No?<br /><br />
No.<br /><br />
Making stick chairs uses another part of my brain. And any time I venture into building
chairs I have to re-learn some of the rules. In some ways, chairmaking is more demanding
than building cabinets. You have to create great joint strength with little material.
You have to use wack-tastic unmeasurable angles. And curves… everything is curved.
It’s like a high school cheerleading team – and just as difficult to comprehend.<br /><br />
But in other ways, the craft of building stick chairs is forgiving. If the end result
sits well, looks good and endures, then it’s a great chair (no matter how odd the
building process). There is less measuring and more “cutting to fit.” The work requires
as much eye skill as it does hand skill.<br /><br />
As I legged up a Chinese stool on Wednesday I uttered several unprintable curses.
When I drove the first leg home into its mortise I blew out the seat’s grain around
the exit hole. I always do that on my first leg.<br /><br />
In fact, I have a theory about chairs. I wonder if people began scooping out their
seats (called “saddling”) to remove this blown-out grain. Then they found that these
seats were more comfortable than flat seats.<br /><br />
This idea has just as much merit as my “early man had abrasive buttocks” theory of
scooped seats.<br /><br />
After messing up the first mortise, I repaired the damage, got some coffee and waited
for the glue to dry – and for my head to shift into the proper chair-making gear.
It did. The next two legs went in perfectly. And by perfectly I meant that they will
be tight when wedged.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <p>
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710" />
      </body>
      <title>Headed Back into a Chairmaking Head Trip</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Headed+Back+Into+A+Chairmaking+Head+Trip.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 04 Jun 2009 11:37:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/stool_IMG_4783.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
One of my hobbies is chairmaking. That statement might sound kinda dumb. After all,
I’m a long-time woodworker and making wooden chairs is woodworking. No?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
No.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Making stick chairs uses another part of my brain. And any time I venture into building
chairs I have to re-learn some of the rules. In some ways, chairmaking is more demanding
than building cabinets. You have to create great joint strength with little material.
You have to use wack-tastic unmeasurable angles. And curves… everything is curved.
It’s like a high school cheerleading team – and just as difficult to comprehend.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But in other ways, the craft of building stick chairs is forgiving. If the end result
sits well, looks good and endures, then it’s a great chair (no matter how odd the
building process). There is less measuring and more “cutting to fit.” The work requires
as much eye skill as it does hand skill.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As I legged up a Chinese stool on Wednesday I uttered several unprintable curses.
When I drove the first leg home into its mortise I blew out the seat’s grain around
the exit hole. I always do that on my first leg.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In fact, I have a theory about chairs. I wonder if people began scooping out their
seats (called “saddling”) to remove this blown-out grain. Then they found that these
seats were more comfortable than flat seats.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This idea has just as much merit as my “early man had abrasive buttocks” theory of
scooped seats.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After messing up the first mortise, I repaired the damage, got some coffee and waited
for the glue to dry – and for my head to shift into the proper chair-making gear.
It did. The next two legs went in perfectly. And by perfectly I meant that they will
be tight when wedged.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,9b7c7e4a-fc82-4d51-9cf0-e0f3f6cd3710.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>23</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fleam_IMG_7324.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I like a good carcase saw in the same way I like to eat most parts of the pig. I like
the way that its well-tuned crosscut teeth slice into the grain and leave behind a
glassy smooth cut. I like how easy the saws are to start. I like the fact that they
don’t tear the face grain up.<br /><br />
But like fried pork skins loaded with triglycerides, I’ve been trying to give up carcase
saws lately. Why? Well it’s for a future book that I’ll be able to tell you about
in a few weeks. What counts here is that I’ve been building furniture lately with
just two backsaws – a dovetail saw and a sash saw that are both filed with rip teeth.<br /><br />
How do I handle crosscuts? With a chisel, of course. If you first create a V-groove
with a chisel you can get away with almost anything. When cutting tenon shoulders,
I’ve been making a V-shaped trench with a chisel before cutting the shoulder. (Author
Robert Wearing calls this a “first-class saw cut.”)<br /><br />
Then I drop the sash saw into the trench and cut the shoulder. The chiseled trench
makes sure the shoulder is clean.<br /><br />
I’ve been doing the same thing when crosscutting the ends off my tail boards when
dovetailing. First make a trench with a chisel, then drop the saw into the trench. 
<br /><br />
And what about cutting rails and stiles to final length? In those cases I’ve been
cutting a hair long and removing the ragged end on a shooting board.<br /><br />
All in all, it works well. And while it sounds like the chisel work is an extra step,
I think I’m making up that time by the fact that I’m not having to switch saws so
much. I have one saw for tenoning and one saw for dovetailing.<br /><br />
Will this experiment stick? I cannot say. I was always lousy at giving up jelly doughnuts
for Lent as a kid.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231" />
      </body>
      <title>What Are You Giving Up for Lent? Fleam</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/What+Are+You+Giving+Up+For+Lent+Fleam.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2009 03:31:01 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fleam_IMG_7324.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I like a good carcase saw in the same way I like to eat most parts of the pig. I like
the way that its well-tuned crosscut teeth slice into the grain and leave behind a
glassy smooth cut. I like how easy the saws are to start. I like the fact that they
don’t tear the face grain up.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But like fried pork skins loaded with triglycerides, I’ve been trying to give up carcase
saws lately. Why? Well it’s for a future book that I’ll be able to tell you about
in a few weeks. What counts here is that I’ve been building furniture lately with
just two backsaws – a dovetail saw and a sash saw that are both filed with rip teeth.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
How do I handle crosscuts? With a chisel, of course. If you first create a V-groove
with a chisel you can get away with almost anything. When cutting tenon shoulders,
I’ve been making a V-shaped trench with a chisel before cutting the shoulder. (Author
Robert Wearing calls this a “first-class saw cut.”)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then I drop the sash saw into the trench and cut the shoulder. The chiseled trench
makes sure the shoulder is clean.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’ve been doing the same thing when crosscutting the ends off my tail boards when
dovetailing. First make a trench with a chisel, then drop the saw into the trench. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And what about cutting rails and stiles to final length? In those cases I’ve been
cutting a hair long and removing the ragged end on a shooting board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
All in all, it works well. And while it sounds like the chisel work is an extra step,
I think I’m making up that time by the fact that I’m not having to switch saws so
much. I have one saw for tenoning and one saw for dovetailing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Will this experiment stick? I cannot say. I was always lousy at giving up jelly doughnuts
for Lent as a kid.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,7efcc3a6-c1fa-4341-ae01-539871d2b231.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>5</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn1_IMG_7339.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When I build a frame-and-panel assembly such as a door, face frame or back, I almost
always add “horns” to the stiles. As a result I almost always get the stink eye from
the others in the shop.<br /><br />
What are horns? This is when you make your stiles longer than they need to be – usually
1/2" to 1" longer at each end. So when you glue up your frame, the stiles stick up
proud of their mating rails. They look like miniature devil horns to my eye. Then
you saw and plane the horns flush to the rail as you fit the frame to the carcase.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
If you are a careful woodworker, this might sound like an unnecessary step. But I
don’t think so. Early woodworking writers advocated horns as a way to protect the
ends of your stiles from self-destructing when you are mortising your stiles by hand.
This is a real danger when hand-mortising; without the horns, it’s easy to lever the
stile in twain with your mortise chisel.<br /><br />
But I add horns to my stiles even when I use a hollow-chisel mortiser. Here are the
reasons why.<br /><br />
• They protect the end of the stiles during assembly. If you have beefy tenons and
long rails, it’s easy to bust out the end of your stiles during glue-up. I’ve also
watched many people blow out the ends of their stiles when disassembling a dry-fit.
They wiggle the rail to remove it, which makes it a lever, which makes bad things
happen.<br /><br />
• Horns allow extra purchase for your clamps. If you build traditional doors with
through-tenons, you limit the area where you can clamp the joint during assembly.
You have to clamp to the side of the tenon. If you have horns, you can get two clamps
on the joint if need be.<br /><br />
• Horns play nice with plow planes. Perhaps I’m ham-handed with a plow plane, but
whenever I plow a stile or rail, the far end of the groove (where the cut begins)
is always a little more raggy than the rest of the groove. My guess is that because
this area sees the most action, it gets a little more wallered out. If I have horns
on my stiles, that ragged area gets trimmed away (also, it gets trimmed away on the
rails when I cut the tenons).<br /><br />
• My stiles are never too short. I always make my mortises a little longer than they
need to be so I can knock the rail exactly where I want it during glue-up to get a
tight seam at the shoulder of the tenon. If I have a horn on my stile, I’ll never
end up making my stile too short. It will always need to be trimmed to fit. Side note:
I also make my rails a little wider (about 1/16") than necessary to ensure my finished
assembly will never be too small for its opening.<br /><br />
• Horns protect the stile during wedging. Traditional workshop practice is to wedge
the through-tenon from the outside during glue-up. If you have a horn, you are much
less likely to split the stile during wedging.<br /><br />
I’m sure there are other reasons for horns. If you have some that I’ve missed, add
them in the comments below.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn2_IMG_7342.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57" />
      </body>
      <title>Don’t Scorn the Horns</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Dont+Scorn+The+Horns.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2009 19:51:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn1_IMG_7339.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When I build a frame-and-panel assembly such as a door, face frame or back, I almost
always add “horns” to the stiles. As a result I almost always get the stink eye from
the others in the shop.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
What are horns? This is when you make your stiles longer than they need to be – usually
1/2" to 1" longer at each end. So when you glue up your frame, the stiles stick up
proud of their mating rails. They look like miniature devil horns to my eye. Then
you saw and plane the horns flush to the rail as you fit the frame to the carcase.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
If you are a careful woodworker, this might sound like an unnecessary step. But I
don’t think so. Early woodworking writers advocated horns as a way to protect the
ends of your stiles from self-destructing when you are mortising your stiles by hand.
This is a real danger when hand-mortising; without the horns, it’s easy to lever the
stile in twain with your mortise chisel.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But I add horns to my stiles even when I use a hollow-chisel mortiser. Here are the
reasons why.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• They protect the end of the stiles during assembly. If you have beefy tenons and
long rails, it’s easy to bust out the end of your stiles during glue-up. I’ve also
watched many people blow out the ends of their stiles when disassembling a dry-fit.
They wiggle the rail to remove it, which makes it a lever, which makes bad things
happen.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Horns allow extra purchase for your clamps. If you build traditional doors with
through-tenons, you limit the area where you can clamp the joint during assembly.
You have to clamp to the side of the tenon. If you have horns, you can get two clamps
on the joint if need be.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Horns play nice with plow planes. Perhaps I’m ham-handed with a plow plane, but
whenever I plow a stile or rail, the far end of the groove (where the cut begins)
is always a little more raggy than the rest of the groove. My guess is that because
this area sees the most action, it gets a little more wallered out. If I have horns
on my stiles, that ragged area gets trimmed away (also, it gets trimmed away on the
rails when I cut the tenons).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• My stiles are never too short. I always make my mortises a little longer than they
need to be so I can knock the rail exactly where I want it during glue-up to get a
tight seam at the shoulder of the tenon. If I have a horn on my stile, I’ll never
end up making my stile too short. It will always need to be trimmed to fit. Side note:
I also make my rails a little wider (about 1/16") than necessary to ensure my finished
assembly will never be too small for its opening.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Horns protect the stile during wedging. Traditional workshop practice is to wedge
the through-tenon from the outside during glue-up. If you have a horn, you are much
less likely to split the stile during wedging.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’m sure there are other reasons for horns. If you have some that I’ve missed, add
them in the comments below.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/horn2_IMG_7342.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,add98fa3-7ce9-449b-8798-150905dfcb57.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_opener_IMG_7291.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
While I own an electric plunge router and all manner of bits and guides, I tend to
cut my stopped dados using hand tools for a couple reasons. One: I’ve found that it
doesn’t take much more time when I have less than a dozen dados to do. And two: The
hand-tool method involves less risk to the project.<br /><br />
The real trick with the hand-tool method is to know the right steps to get accurate
results. You’ll need a few basic tools: a marking knife, dividers, a chisel, a combination
square and a crosscut backsaw (such as a carcase or sash saw). And if you have a hand
router, you’ll have an even easier time.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_knife_IMG_7281.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Step one is to lay out all your joints using your marking knife. Mark all the extents
of the dado, including its depth, width and length. If I have a lot of dados to cut
I’ll set my dividers to the thickness of the mating piece. That allows me to mark
both sides of the dado simultaneously and means no measuring errors.<br /><br />
So here’s the drill: You’re going to saw out the walls of the dado using a piece of
scrap as a fence. Then you’ll chisel out the waste – or remove it with a router plane.<br /><br />
It sounds simple. But positioning the fence can be a real trick. Doing it by eye almost
always results in errors. So you should do it by feel. Here’s how. Take your marking
knife and drop its tip into the knife line that defines one wall of your dado as shown
above. Slide your combination square up to the knife so its ruler is flat against
the knife and the combination square’s head is against your work.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_fence_IMG_7282.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Hold the square in position. Remove the knife. Now slide the piece of scrap up to
your fence. How you slide your scrap is important. If you simply clap it to the ruler
of your square you’ll knock it off your line. Instead, slide the scrap-wood fence
forward and back and gently bring it up to the ruler, like a piece of paper swishing
back and forth as it comes to a gentle landing on the floor. This keeps your square
in place.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_clamp_IMG_7283.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_saw_IMG_7284.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Pull the square away and clamp the fence down. Now use your backsaw to sink one wall
of the dado. Use your fingers to press the sawplate against the fence; you don’t need
a lot of pressure. Tip the tote of the saw up so the cut begins at the toe of the
sawplate. This dado is going to be 1/8” deep so I tip the tote up about 1/8”. This
might result in the kerf being a little deeper than it needs to be where the dado
stops, but this is a good thing. It makes the waste easier to remove and provides
a place for excess glue to go.<br /><br />
Also, I always allow the saw to cut beyond the end of the dado. This area is almost
always hidden by drawer runners or (at the least is inside the case). 
<br /><br />
Saw until you hit your depth mark on the front of your work. Remove the fence and
repeat this for the other wall of the dado. Then define where the dado stops with
a chisel cut – straight down.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_chisel_IMG_7286.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_hill_IMG_7289.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Now you can remove the waste with a chisel or with a router plane. If you use a chisel,
first trim the corners of the waste, creating a hill shape. Then remove the hill with
more shaving cuts. Check your progress with a rule.<br /><br />
If you have a router plane, set its depth stop to match the finished depth of your
dado and work away the waste in stages until your dado is the right depth.<br /><br />
I think you’ll be surprised at how fast this technique is – and the results look like
you used a plunge router with a square bit.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_router_IMG_7290.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36" />
      </body>
      <title>Stopped Dados by Hand</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Stopped+Dados+By+Hand.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2009 01:28:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_opener_IMG_7291.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
While I own an electric plunge router and all manner of bits and guides, I tend to
cut my stopped dados using hand tools for a couple reasons. One: I’ve found that it
doesn’t take much more time when I have less than a dozen dados to do. And two: The
hand-tool method involves less risk to the project.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The real trick with the hand-tool method is to know the right steps to get accurate
results. You’ll need a few basic tools: a marking knife, dividers, a chisel, a combination
square and a crosscut backsaw (such as a carcase or sash saw). And if you have a hand
router, you’ll have an even easier time.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_knife_IMG_7281.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Step one is to lay out all your joints using your marking knife. Mark all the extents
of the dado, including its depth, width and length. If I have a lot of dados to cut
I’ll set my dividers to the thickness of the mating piece. That allows me to mark
both sides of the dado simultaneously and means no measuring errors.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So here’s the drill: You’re going to saw out the walls of the dado using a piece of
scrap as a fence. Then you’ll chisel out the waste – or remove it with a router plane.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It sounds simple. But positioning the fence can be a real trick. Doing it by eye almost
always results in errors. So you should do it by feel. Here’s how. Take your marking
knife and drop its tip into the knife line that defines one wall of your dado as shown
above. Slide your combination square up to the knife so its ruler is flat against
the knife and the combination square’s head is against your work.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_fence_IMG_7282.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Hold the square in position. Remove the knife. Now slide the piece of scrap up to
your fence. How you slide your scrap is important. If you simply clap it to the ruler
of your square you’ll knock it off your line. Instead, slide the scrap-wood fence
forward and back and gently bring it up to the ruler, like a piece of paper swishing
back and forth as it comes to a gentle landing on the floor. This keeps your square
in place.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_clamp_IMG_7283.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_saw_IMG_7284.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Pull the square away and clamp the fence down. Now use your backsaw to sink one wall
of the dado. Use your fingers to press the sawplate against the fence; you don’t need
a lot of pressure. Tip the tote of the saw up so the cut begins at the toe of the
sawplate. This dado is going to be 1/8” deep so I tip the tote up about 1/8”. This
might result in the kerf being a little deeper than it needs to be where the dado
stops, but this is a good thing. It makes the waste easier to remove and provides
a place for excess glue to go.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Also, I always allow the saw to cut beyond the end of the dado. This area is almost
always hidden by drawer runners or (at the least is inside the case). 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Saw until you hit your depth mark on the front of your work. Remove the fence and
repeat this for the other wall of the dado. Then define where the dado stops with
a chisel cut – straight down.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_chisel_IMG_7286.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_hill_IMG_7289.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Now you can remove the waste with a chisel or with a router plane. If you use a chisel,
first trim the corners of the waste, creating a hill shape. Then remove the hill with
more shaving cuts. Check your progress with a rule.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you have a router plane, set its depth stop to match the finished depth of your
dado and work away the waste in stages until your dado is the right depth.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I think you’ll be surprised at how fast this technique is – and the results look like
you used a plunge router with a square bit.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dado_router_IMG_7290.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,0fc0dfd0-5e41-4c2e-9655-c90074a36a36.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>19</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/opener_IMG_4153.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
For those of you who chisel out all your waste when dovetailing, this post is not
for you. Please move along. There's nothing to see here.<br /><br />
OK, now that we're alone: Have you ever been confused about which frame saw you should
use to remove the waste between your pins and tails? I have. For years I used a coping
saw and was blissfully happy.<br /><br />
Then I took an advanced dovetail class with maestro Rob Cosman and he made a strong
case that a fret saw was superior because you could remove the waste in one fell swoop.
So, like any good monkey, I bought a fret saw and did it that way for many years.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fret1_IMG_4150-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>A fret saw's thin blade drops into the kerf left by a dovetail saw. Then you just
turn and saw.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fret2_IMG_4149-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Here are the results left by the fret saw.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
But fret saws aren't perfect. Almost all of them require some tuning. You need to
file some serrations in the pads that clamp the blade, otherwise it's all stroke,
stroke, sproing! Oh and the blades tend to break a lot. Or bend.<br /><br />
And fret saws are slower. I use 11.5 tpi scrollsaw blades and it takes about 30 strokes
to get through the waste between my typical tails in hardwood. 
<br /><br />
If you want to see a good video on how to tune up a fretsaw, check out <a href="http://robcosman.com/tools_fret.php">Rob
Cosman's site</a>. He shows you how to hot rod the handle and bend the blade for the
best performance.<br /><br /><b>About Coping Saws</b><br />
What I like about coping saws is that they cut faster. I use an 18 tpi blade from <a href="http://www.toolsforworkingwood.com/Merchant/merchant.mvc?Screen=PROD&amp;Store_Code=toolshop&amp;Product_Code=MS-COPE.XX&amp;Category_Code=">Tools
for Working Wood</a>. (I think they're made by Olson.) The blades cut wicked fast
thanks to their deeper gullets. It takes me 12 to 14 strokes to remove the waste between
tails.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/coping1_IMG_4151-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Coping saws require two swooping passes to remove the waste. Drop the teeth in
your kerf and make swoop one.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/coping2_IMG_4152.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Come back and make swoop two. Sometimes you have to rotate the blade to do this.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
The other thing I like about the coping saw is that its throat is deeper (5" vs. 2-3/4"
on the fret saw), which allows me to handle some drawers without turning the blade.
Also, the blades are far more robust and almost never come loose. I'm quite partial
to the German-made Olson coping saw. It's about $12 and beats the pants off the stuff
at the home centers.<br /><br />
The major downside to the coping saw is that you have to remove the waste in two passes
instead of one. Because the coping saw's blade is thick, it usually won't drop down
into the kerf left by your dovetail saw (unless you saw dovetails with a chainsaw).
So you make two swooping passes to clear the waste.<br /><br />
After the last couple weeks of constant dovetailing (hence all the dovetail posts
– sorry about that), I think I'm going to put my fret saw away for a while. In other
words, I'm going to stop fretting and just cope (sorry about that as well).<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><br /><b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b><br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc" />
      </body>
      <title>Frame Fight! Coping Saws vs. Fret Saws</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Frame+Fight+Coping+Saws+Vs+Fret+Saws.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 23 Apr 2009 13:16:25 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/opener_IMG_4153.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
For those of you who chisel out all your waste when dovetailing, this post is not
for you. Please move along. There's nothing to see here.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
OK, now that we're alone: Have you ever been confused about which frame saw you should
use to remove the waste between your pins and tails? I have. For years I used a coping
saw and was blissfully happy.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then I took an advanced dovetail class with maestro Rob Cosman and he made a strong
case that a fret saw was superior because you could remove the waste in one fell swoop.
So, like any good monkey, I bought a fret saw and did it that way for many years.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fret1_IMG_4150-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;A fret saw's thin blade drops into the kerf left by a dovetail saw. Then you just
turn and saw.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fret2_IMG_4149-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Here are the results left by the fret saw.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
But fret saws aren't perfect. Almost all of them require some tuning. You need to
file some serrations in the pads that clamp the blade, otherwise it's all stroke,
stroke, sproing! Oh and the blades tend to break a lot. Or bend.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And fret saws are slower. I use 11.5 tpi scrollsaw blades and it takes about 30 strokes
to get through the waste between my typical tails in hardwood. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you want to see a good video on how to tune up a fretsaw, check out &lt;a href="http://robcosman.com/tools_fret.php"&gt;Rob
Cosman's site&lt;/a&gt;. He shows you how to hot rod the handle and bend the blade for the
best performance.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;About Coping Saws&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
What I like about coping saws is that they cut faster. I use an 18 tpi blade from &lt;a href="http://www.toolsforworkingwood.com/Merchant/merchant.mvc?Screen=PROD&amp;amp;Store_Code=toolshop&amp;amp;Product_Code=MS-COPE.XX&amp;amp;Category_Code="&gt;Tools
for Working Wood&lt;/a&gt;. (I think they're made by Olson.) The blades cut wicked fast
thanks to their deeper gullets. It takes me 12 to 14 strokes to remove the waste between
tails.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/coping1_IMG_4151-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Coping saws require two swooping passes to remove the waste. Drop the teeth in
your kerf and make swoop one.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/coping2_IMG_4152.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Come back and make swoop two. Sometimes you have to rotate the blade to do this.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The other thing I like about the coping saw is that its throat is deeper (5" vs. 2-3/4"
on the fret saw), which allows me to handle some drawers without turning the blade.
Also, the blades are far more robust and almost never come loose. I'm quite partial
to the German-made Olson coping saw. It's about $12 and beats the pants off the stuff
at the home centers.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The major downside to the coping saw is that you have to remove the waste in two passes
instead of one. Because the coping saw's blade is thick, it usually won't drop down
into the kerf left by your dovetail saw (unless you saw dovetails with a chainsaw).
So you make two swooping passes to clear the waste.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After the last couple weeks of constant dovetailing (hence all the dovetail posts
– sorry about that), I think I'm going to put my fret saw away for a while. In other
words, I'm going to stop fretting and just cope (sorry about that as well).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,a7918583-d26a-4b05-b567-fc0139ae50cc.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Saws</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_opener_IMG_71.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
There are lots of people who will show you how to handplane the edge of a board. A
few less who will show you how to really flatten the wide face of a board. A smaller
number will show you how to flatten a glued-up panel (stay tuned – that tutorial is
already written) and even fewer who will demonstrate how to plane an assembled carcase.<br /><br />
After lunch I dressed a small dovetailed box I'm building and took some photos along
the way. Have a minute? Get the alcohol!
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_alcohol_IMG_7.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Really, get the alcohol. A dovetailed carcase has a lot of end grain, so moistening
the end grain with denatured alcohol will make the work easier.<br /><br />
Set up a planing platform for your carcase. Big carcasses can be sleeved over the
end of your bench. Small carcasses and drawers can be worked on a platform that's
clamped to your bench.<br /><br />
As with all aspects of hand work, everything begins with stock selection. I try to
pick boards with the straightest grain so I can plane them in both directions – from
the ends and into the middle of the carcase. This avoids blowing out the end grain
of the pins and tails.<br /><br />
If the board has a pronounced grain direction (which stops me from planing both directions) 
I'll use a plane with a high pitch to do all the smoothing work – this also allows
me to work from the ends and into the middle. High-angle planes can ignore grain direction.
And, despite what you've read, you can plane end grain with them. Sharpness fixes
almost anything.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_pins_IMG_7118.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Trim the Pins</b>
          <br />
I trim the pins with a sharp block plane. The reason I prefer a block plane is that
it's quite narrow, so I can work in small areas without planing away stuff I want
to keep. You can skew the blade to make the cut easier. And don't forget the alcohol.
Work from the end toward the middle – but just trim the end grain, not the face grain.<br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_jointer_IMG_7.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
With the pins trimmed on both ends of one face of my carcase, I need to make a decision.
If I'm going to attach moulding to the carcase, I want to ensure those areas are dead
flat. (Bending moulding = no fun.) I'm attaching base moulding around this box so
I trued its lower section with a jointer plane. Note that I start the plane at the
end, work into the middle and lift off in the middle.<br /><br />
Check your work with a straightedge to make sure you're not creating a hill in the
middle of your panel. If you are, work the center only until you get it flat.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_smooth_IMG_71.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Smooth the Face</b>
          <br />
Then use a smoothing plane to dress the face. Start from the ends and work to the
middle, lifting at the end of the stroke. At the moment your joints' baselines disappear,
you're done.<br /><br />
One difficulty people have here is with boards that have a pronounced grain direction.
Here's how I deal with it: Plane "with the grain" on the carcase face for the majority
of the panel. Lift off only at the very end.<br /><br />
Then come back and dress the other direction with a high-angle plane, working only
a short distance. That way if you have to scrape, it will only be a small area. Now
plane the other side of the carcase using these same techniques.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_tailIMG_7125.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Trim the Tails</b>
          <br />
Now trim the end grain of the tail boards. Moisten the end grain with alcohol and
work from top to bottom (or bottom to top). This prevents you from having any blowout
on your tailboards. When the tails have been trimmed, grab the jointer plane and smoothing
plane and work from the ends and into the middle again, just like you did on the other
two faces.<br /><br />
Note: There are other ways to tackle this job. You can plane a small chamfer on all
four corners and plane straight through on all four faces of your carcase. This is
faster but risky. If your chamfer isn't big enough, you're toast. You also can fetch
the belt sander or random-orbit sander. But you wouldn't be reading this blog entry
if you sleep with your sander.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <br />
        <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
        <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /><p></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446" /></body>
      <title>Planing a Dovetailed Box</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Planing+A+Dovetailed+Box.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 22 Apr 2009 19:10:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_opener_IMG_71.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
There are lots of people who will show you how to handplane the edge of a board. A
few less who will show you how to really flatten the wide face of a board. A smaller
number will show you how to flatten a glued-up panel (stay tuned – that tutorial is
already written) and even fewer who will demonstrate how to plane an assembled carcase.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After lunch I dressed a small dovetailed box I'm building and took some photos along
the way. Have a minute? Get the alcohol!
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_alcohol_IMG_7.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Really, get the alcohol. A dovetailed carcase has a lot of end grain, so moistening
the end grain with denatured alcohol will make the work easier.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Set up a planing platform for your carcase. Big carcasses can be sleeved over the
end of your bench. Small carcasses and drawers can be worked on a platform that's
clamped to your bench.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As with all aspects of hand work, everything begins with stock selection. I try to
pick boards with the straightest grain so I can plane them in both directions – from
the ends and into the middle of the carcase. This avoids blowing out the end grain
of the pins and tails.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If the board has a pronounced grain direction (which stops me from planing both directions)&amp;nbsp;
I'll use a plane with a high pitch to do all the smoothing work – this also allows
me to work from the ends and into the middle. High-angle planes can ignore grain direction.
And, despite what you've read, you can plane end grain with them. Sharpness fixes
almost anything.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_pins_IMG_7118.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Trim the Pins&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I trim the pins with a sharp block plane. The reason I prefer a block plane is that
it's quite narrow, so I can work in small areas without planing away stuff I want
to keep. You can skew the blade to make the cut easier. And don't forget the alcohol.
Work from the end toward the middle – but just trim the end grain, not the face grain.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_jointer_IMG_7.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
With the pins trimmed on both ends of one face of my carcase, I need to make a decision.
If I'm going to attach moulding to the carcase, I want to ensure those areas are dead
flat. (Bending moulding = no fun.) I'm attaching base moulding around this box so
I trued its lower section with a jointer plane. Note that I start the plane at the
end, work into the middle and lift off in the middle.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Check your work with a straightedge to make sure you're not creating a hill in the
middle of your panel. If you are, work the center only until you get it flat.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_smooth_IMG_71.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Smooth the Face&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then use a smoothing plane to dress the face. Start from the ends and work to the
middle, lifting at the end of the stroke. At the moment your joints' baselines disappear,
you're done.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
One difficulty people have here is with boards that have a pronounced grain direction.
Here's how I deal with it: Plane "with the grain" on the carcase face for the majority
of the panel. Lift off only at the very end.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then come back and dress the other direction with a high-angle plane, working only
a short distance. That way if you have to scrape, it will only be a small area. Now
plane the other side of the carcase using these same techniques.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plane_carcase_tailIMG_7125.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Trim the Tails&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Now trim the end grain of the tail boards. Moisten the end grain with alcohol and
work from top to bottom (or bottom to top). This prevents you from having any blowout
on your tailboards. When the tails have been trimmed, grab the jointer plane and smoothing
plane and work from the ends and into the middle again, just like you did on the other
two faces.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Note: There are other ways to tackle this job. You can plane a small chamfer on all
four corners and plane straight through on all four faces of your carcase. This is
faster but risky. If your chamfer isn't big enough, you're toast. You also can fetch
the belt sander or random-orbit sander. But you wouldn't be reading this blog entry
if you sleep with your sander.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,27a67971-708b-47f3-9a29-8b680fe78446.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/see_baseline_IMG_7110.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The hardest thing about dovetailing isn't the sawing or the chiseling or the layout. 
<br /><br />
It's the seeing.<br /><br />
I don’t think I can teach anyone to see, but I can show you where to look. Developing
your eye – plus your ability to sense the perpendicular – will do more for your dovetailing
skills than any jig, square, knife or saw.<br /><br />
Like everything with dovetailing, it all begins at the baseline – the thin scratch
across the grain that determines the limits of the joint. When you remove the waste
between the tails and the pins, a frequent error is to leave too much material behind,
which prevents the joint from closing.<br /><br />
You need to be able to glance at the joint and sense immediately if the baselines
on the front and back of your workpiece line up without any waste between them. Ian
Kirby and other woodworking instructors recommend using a small square to probe the
joint and look for humps and bumps.<br /><br />
I have never had much luck with the small square approach. If I have to probe a joint,
I'll do it with the long side of a chisel and see if the tool rocks back and forth
on anything. Then I use the same chisel to tease out the garbage.<br /><br />
But it's rare that I ever do that. Instead, I hold the board up to eye level and take
a quick look. After enough dovetails, you'll see it and know exactly what to do.<br /><br />
And the truth is, I rarely have to do much to my baselines except chase some little
bits of junk in the corners. And that's because I have a good sense of the perpendicular.
We're all born with it, but it's like a muscle. You need to work at it.<br /><br />
When I'm chiseling out the waste between my tails and pins I hold the chisel at 90°
to the work and stand to the side of the tool to ensure it's at 90°. Again, other
woodworking authors recommend you use a square or even a block of wood clamped to
your baseline as a reminder. But this is really a "Use the Force Luke" moment. You
know 90°. Just position yourself so you can see it.<br /><br />
(Quick side note: The more hand work you do, the more you'll find this comes in handy
for boring and mortising especially.)<br /><br />
The other time this sense of 90° comes in handy is when you are sawing your pins out
and the waste blocks on the ends of your tail boards. A pencil line or knife line
is handy, but the real guide is your gut. You'll know when things are going wrong,
even if the line is covered in dust.<br /><br />
Once you start developing these two skills you'll find that you can put your winding
sticks away when processing boards with your handplanes. Your sense of square will
show you the high spots in a board at a glance.<br /><br />
This blog post is not brought to you by the <a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/20/us/20marijuana.html?_r=1&amp;scp=2&amp;sq=marijuana&amp;st=cse">High
Times beauty pageant</a>. Promise.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chisel_side_IMG_7088.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4" />
      </body>
      <title>Dovetailing, Eyetailing and Guttailing</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Dovetailing+Eyetailing+And+Guttailing.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 20 Apr 2009 13:12:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/see_baseline_IMG_7110.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The hardest thing about dovetailing isn't the sawing or the chiseling or the layout. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It's the seeing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I don’t think I can teach anyone to see, but I can show you where to look. Developing
your eye – plus your ability to sense the perpendicular – will do more for your dovetailing
skills than any jig, square, knife or saw.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Like everything with dovetailing, it all begins at the baseline – the thin scratch
across the grain that determines the limits of the joint. When you remove the waste
between the tails and the pins, a frequent error is to leave too much material behind,
which prevents the joint from closing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You need to be able to glance at the joint and sense immediately if the baselines
on the front and back of your workpiece line up without any waste between them. Ian
Kirby and other woodworking instructors recommend using a small square to probe the
joint and look for humps and bumps.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I have never had much luck with the small square approach. If I have to probe a joint,
I'll do it with the long side of a chisel and see if the tool rocks back and forth
on anything. Then I use the same chisel to tease out the garbage.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But it's rare that I ever do that. Instead, I hold the board up to eye level and take
a quick look. After enough dovetails, you'll see it and know exactly what to do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And the truth is, I rarely have to do much to my baselines except chase some little
bits of junk in the corners. And that's because I have a good sense of the perpendicular.
We're all born with it, but it's like a muscle. You need to work at it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When I'm chiseling out the waste between my tails and pins I hold the chisel at 90°
to the work and stand to the side of the tool to ensure it's at 90°. Again, other
woodworking authors recommend you use a square or even a block of wood clamped to
your baseline as a reminder. But this is really a "Use the Force Luke" moment. You
know 90°. Just position yourself so you can see it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
(Quick side note: The more hand work you do, the more you'll find this comes in handy
for boring and mortising especially.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The other time this sense of 90° comes in handy is when you are sawing your pins out
and the waste blocks on the ends of your tail boards. A pencil line or knife line
is handy, but the real guide is your gut. You'll know when things are going wrong,
even if the line is covered in dust.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Once you start developing these two skills you'll find that you can put your winding
sticks away when processing boards with your handplanes. Your sense of square will
show you the high spots in a board at a glance.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This blog post is not brought to you by the &lt;a href="http://www.nytimes.com/2009/04/20/us/20marijuana.html?_r=1&amp;amp;scp=2&amp;amp;sq=marijuana&amp;amp;st=cse"&gt;High
Times beauty pageant&lt;/a&gt;. Promise.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/chisel_side_IMG_7088.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,b26110ed-6acb-4c14-85db-97e92dad6ce4.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Chisels</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Saws</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/English_drw1_IMG_4082-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
While my dad was sleeping off the flu in February, I was plundering his drawers. The
man has an English chest problem like I have a hammer problem. I pulled out all the
drawers of his six or seven 19th-century chests of drawers and gave a close look at
their construction details.<br /><br />
One of the features I quite liked was the way that some of them dealt with the groove
plowed in the sides and drawer front that capture's the drawer bottom. There are lots
of ways to deal with the groove so it's not visible on the outside of the drawer. 
<br /><br />
• You can use <a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/About+Drawer+Slips.aspx">drawer
slips</a> instead of a groove. 
<br />
• You can bury the groove in a half-tail in the drawer's side. 
<br />
• You can, with care, bury the groove in a full tail in the drawer side.<br />
• You can skip the groove and use a plywood bottom and cleats.<br />
• And on and on.<br /><br />
Many of the drawers in my dad's house use what we moderns would call a finger joint
at the bottom of the drawer side. It's essentially a half-tail with a 0° slope. It's
easy to cut using hand tools, looks pretty good and avoids having a big half-tail
at the bottom of the drawer side. <a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/English+Chests+In+Charleston+SC.aspx">Click
here</a> to see a photo I took at my dad's.<br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/English_drawer2_IMG_4060.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I used this layout in a couple drawers that I built yesterday and I like it. The only
trick comes when you are transferring the tail layout to your pin board. The groove
plowed in the finger joint prevents you from getting your knife against the pin board.<br /><br />
So instead, I just used the wall of the groove and a square to strike the knife line
on the pin board. It worked fine. There are some other details to my dad's drawers
that I'll discuss in future posts. Right now I have to go help shoot a magazine cover.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><br /><b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b><br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.
</p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9" />
      </body>
      <title>English Dovetailed Drawers</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/English+Dovetailed+Drawers.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 17 Apr 2009 14:23:14 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/English_drw1_IMG_4082-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
While my dad was sleeping off the flu in February, I was plundering his drawers. The
man has an English chest problem like I have a hammer problem. I pulled out all the
drawers of his six or seven 19th-century chests of drawers and gave a close look at
their construction details.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
One of the features I quite liked was the way that some of them dealt with the groove
plowed in the sides and drawer front that capture's the drawer bottom. There are lots
of ways to deal with the groove so it's not visible on the outside of the drawer. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• You can use &lt;a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/About+Drawer+Slips.aspx"&gt;drawer
slips&lt;/a&gt; instead of a groove. 
&lt;br&gt;
• You can bury the groove in a half-tail in the drawer's side. 
&lt;br&gt;
• You can, with care, bury the groove in a full tail in the drawer side.&lt;br&gt;
• You can skip the groove and use a plywood bottom and cleats.&lt;br&gt;
• And on and on.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Many of the drawers in my dad's house use what we moderns would call a finger joint
at the bottom of the drawer side. It's essentially a half-tail with a 0° slope. It's
easy to cut using hand tools, looks pretty good and avoids having a big half-tail
at the bottom of the drawer side. &lt;a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/English+Chests+In+Charleston+SC.aspx"&gt;Click
here&lt;/a&gt; to see a photo I took at my dad's.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/English_drawer2_IMG_4060.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I used this layout in a couple drawers that I built yesterday and I like it. The only
trick comes when you are transferring the tail layout to your pin board. The groove
plowed in the finger joint prevents you from getting your knife against the pin board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So instead, I just used the wall of the groove and a square to strike the knife line
on the pin board. It worked fine. There are some other details to my dad's drawers
that I'll discuss in future posts. Right now I have to go help shoot a magazine cover.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,7c02f21a-babd-47a2-b260-9a4e20bd73a9.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>27</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/BSmallets_IMG_4070.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The last few weeks I've been doing lots of hand joinery, and in that short period
of time I have completely fallen for my <a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/cgi/commerce.cgi?search=action&amp;category=MLTS&amp;keywords=all">Blue
Spruce Toolworks mallet</a>.<br /><br />
It's the perfect weight (1 lb.) and size (8-1/2" long). It's beautifully finished.
It's perfectly balanced. But what is really astonishing about the mallet is how it
can take a beating without getting beat up.<br /><br />
Most wooden mallets (round or square) become dogmeat in short order – no matter what
sort of wood you use. The Blue Spruce sidesteps that problem by using an acrylic-infused
head. Every pore is filled with plastic, yet the mallet feels like wood to your hands
and responds like wood when you hit something. That is, it doesn't bounce like a rubber
mallet, which should be reserved only for circus clowns. 
<br /><br />
I've had this Blue Spruce mallet <a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Plastic+Marries+Wood+In+A+New+Mallet.aspx">since
February</a>, have been using it just about every day and have yet to make a dent
in it. It still looks as good as when I got it out of the box. Yes, it is more expensive
than the mallets in the $2 bin at Home Depot that smell like a possum's underarm.
Yes, you can turn your own for less. Or you can send Dave Jeske at Blue Spruce 80
of your hard earned American dollars and get the most well-designed and durable wooden
mallet I've ever used.<br /><br />
Don't just take my word. After messing with my mallet, both Senior Editor Glen D.
Huey and Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick bought them. Megan bought a blue one. (The
vacuum process that adds the acrylic can also be used to infuse the wood with dye.)
Glen got a red one (Psst. Don't tell Glen but some people think it looks a little...
uh.. pink.)<br /><br />
I think this plastic technology could be used in other woodworking tools. Blue Spruce
already uses it in handles for bench chisels. It would be great for the handles of
mortise chisels – those receive a whooping. It also could be used in the totes for
saws and planes – these are notoriously fragile. How about a wooden try square made
from it? (I assume the acrylic reduces or eliminates the expansion and contraction
process.) Hammer handles?<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/BSmallet2_IMG_4067.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <br />
        <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
        <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /><p></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764" /></body>
      <title>Blue Spruce Mallet: A New Favorite</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Blue+Spruce+Mallet+A+New+Favorite.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2009 12:39:23 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/BSmallets_IMG_4070.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The last few weeks I've been doing lots of hand joinery, and in that short period
of time I have completely fallen for my &lt;a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/cgi/commerce.cgi?search=action&amp;amp;category=MLTS&amp;amp;keywords=all"&gt;Blue
Spruce Toolworks mallet&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It's the perfect weight (1 lb.) and size (8-1/2" long). It's beautifully finished.
It's perfectly balanced. But what is really astonishing about the mallet is how it
can take a beating without getting beat up.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Most wooden mallets (round or square) become dogmeat in short order – no matter what
sort of wood you use. The Blue Spruce sidesteps that problem by using an acrylic-infused
head. Every pore is filled with plastic, yet the mallet feels like wood to your hands
and responds like wood when you hit something. That is, it doesn't bounce like a rubber
mallet, which should be reserved only for circus clowns. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I've had this Blue Spruce mallet &lt;a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Plastic+Marries+Wood+In+A+New+Mallet.aspx"&gt;since
February&lt;/a&gt;, have been using it just about every day and have yet to make a dent
in it. It still looks as good as when I got it out of the box. Yes, it is more expensive
than the mallets in the $2 bin at Home Depot that smell like a possum's underarm.
Yes, you can turn your own for less. Or you can send Dave Jeske at Blue Spruce 80
of your hard earned American dollars and get the most well-designed and durable wooden
mallet I've ever used.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Don't just take my word. After messing with my mallet, both Senior Editor Glen D.
Huey and Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick bought them. Megan bought a blue one. (The
vacuum process that adds the acrylic can also be used to infuse the wood with dye.)
Glen got a red one (Psst. Don't tell Glen but some people think it looks a little...
uh.. pink.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I think this plastic technology could be used in other woodworking tools. Blue Spruce
already uses it in handles for bench chisels. It would be great for the handles of
mortise chisels – those receive a whooping. It also could be used in the totes for
saws and planes – these are notoriously fragile. How about a wooden try square made
from it? (I assume the acrylic reduces or eliminates the expansion and contraction
process.) Hammer handles?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/BSmallet2_IMG_4067.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e106f443-aeb9-4728-8107-1a965b66b764.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>23</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/pencil1_IMG_4064.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
In the shop, my mechanical pencil is as important as my eyeglasses. I use a mechanical
pencil with a 0.5mm lead to darken in my knife lines when cutting dovetails, tenons
or other joinery.<br /><br />
I like the really thin lead because I can usually drop it into a knife line and –
with just light pressure – the lead will mark only the right and left sides of the
knife line. That makes it easier to split my pencil line when sawing.<br /><br />
I know you are beginning to think I have an engineering background. Really, I’m not
all that fussy.<br /><br />
While I like my mechanical pencils, I’ve always hated three things about them: the
pencil mechanism itself, the lead and the eraser. Oh, and the pocket clip is flimsy,
too.<br /><br />
I generally buy the Pentel pencils, which are the top of the line here in Kentucky.
Their mechanisms tend to jam; I get about six months out of a pencil. The eraser is
as effective as a gummy bear. The lead breaks too easily.<br /><br />
But heck, that’s what you get, right?<br /><br />
Today I was at Staples looking to replace my latest ex-Pentels when I noticed something
I’d never seen before: “Super Hi-Polymer Lead,” which is supposed to be 25 percent
stronger. (Stronger than what? Stinky cheese?)<br /><br />
I picked up a pack of the stuff with my new soon-to-be-dead pencils and used it to
mark half-blind dovetails all afternoon. You know what? It really is stronger than
the regular lead. I didn’t snap a single lead through six sets of dovetails. That
is a record.<br /><br />
So if you’re a mechanical pencil dweeb like me, check out the Hi-Polymer stuff next
time you need a refill. Hey, now I only hate two things about my mechanical pencils.<br /></p>
        <p>
          <i>— Christopher Schwarz</i>
          <br />
          <br />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/pencil2_IMG_4058.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82" />
      </body>
      <title>Now I Click, Snap and Curse Much Less</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Now+I+Click+Snap+And+Curse+Much+Less.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2009 11:07:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/pencil1_IMG_4064.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
In the shop, my mechanical pencil is as important as my eyeglasses. I use a mechanical
pencil with a 0.5mm lead to darken in my knife lines when cutting dovetails, tenons
or other joinery.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I like the really thin lead because I can usually drop it into a knife line and –
with just light pressure – the lead will mark only the right and left sides of the
knife line. That makes it easier to split my pencil line when sawing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I know you are beginning to think I have an engineering background. Really, I’m not
all that fussy.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
While I like my mechanical pencils, I’ve always hated three things about them: the
pencil mechanism itself, the lead and the eraser. Oh, and the pocket clip is flimsy,
too.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I generally buy the Pentel pencils, which are the top of the line here in Kentucky.
Their mechanisms tend to jam; I get about six months out of a pencil. The eraser is
as effective as a gummy bear. The lead breaks too easily.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But heck, that’s what you get, right?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Today I was at Staples looking to replace my latest ex-Pentels when I noticed something
I’d never seen before: “Super Hi-Polymer Lead,” which is supposed to be 25 percent
stronger. (Stronger than what? Stinky cheese?)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I picked up a pack of the stuff with my new soon-to-be-dead pencils and used it to
mark half-blind dovetails all afternoon. You know what? It really is stronger than
the regular lead. I didn’t snap a single lead through six sets of dovetails. That
is a record.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So if you’re a mechanical pencil dweeb like me, check out the Hi-Polymer stuff next
time you need a refill. Hey, now I only hate two things about my mechanical pencils.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/pencil2_IMG_4058.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f04fec0a-b8be-4b4d-a9a4-a2eaa1246c82.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Marking and Measuring</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>11</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/skew_rabbet_IMG_4053.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When most people think about cutting dovetails, they think: handsaws. However, there’s
more to dovetailing than sawing. You also need to be mindful of your handplanes when
you’re dovetailing. They can create gaps or help prevent them.<br /><br />
This week I’m dovetailing a bunch of drawers and smallish boxes, so my planes are
heavy on my mind.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dovetails_IMG_4056.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>If I remove any material from the inside of this pin board, the joint will become
gap-tacular.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
First, let’s talk about how handplanes can cause gaps. If you cut your pins and tails
for your box and then plane all the inside surfaces, then you are asking for trouble.
Planing the inside surfaces of your pin boards will make you look like a crap-tacular
sawyer. 
<br /><br />
Don’t get it? Think about it for a minute: The interior surface of your pin board
contains the wide triangles that fit into your tail board. Every stroke of your handplane
on the interior of your pin board makes the joint looser and looser by removing the
widest part of the joint (the same advice holds true for the belt-sander crowd).<br /><br />
You can, however, plane the interior surfaces of your tail boards with little consequence.
The more planing you do, the more trimming you will have to do after assembly, but
this is really no big deal.<br /><br />
So how do you avoid this problem? Plane the interiors of all your surfaces before
you cut your joinery. This is a good idea for many reasons. First, planing helps remove
any twist or bow in your stock, which makes joinery easier. And second, it prevents
your joints from getting looser as you refine their surfaces.<br /><br />
For casework, here’s how I do it: First, I dress all the long-grain surfaces with
a jointer plane. Then I cut the joinery. Assemble the carcase. Trim the proud nubs.
Smooth plane the exterior. Be done with it.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nicker_cut_IMG_4054.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>When cutting a cross-grain rabbet, first draw the tool backwards so the nicker
can define the shoulder. This results in cleaner cuts (and is historically accurate,
thank you Peter Nicholson).</i>
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finished_rabbet_IMG_4055.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Here's the completed rabbet. It's less than 1/32" and a bit more than 1/64". It's
all you need.<br /></i>
        </p>
        <p>
Now that we know that handplanes have an evil side, how can we use them to tighten
our dovetails? Use a moving fillister plane to cut a shallow rabbet on the inside
of each tail board.<br /><br />
This shallow rabbet is the width of your stock’s thickness (use a 3/4”-wide rabbet
for 3/4”-thick stock). And the rabbet is less than 1/32” deep. What does this rabbet
do? It makes transferring your marks from your tail board to your pin board (or vice-versa)
much easier. The mating board nests right into the rabbet so you don’t have to fuss
around with lining things up on the baseline.<br /><br />
Senior Editor Glen D. Huey showed me this trick in 2002. He was using it to line up
pieces of differing thicknesses, but the rabbet also made transferring the marks from
one board to another almost foolproof.<br /><br />
I use a moving fillister plane to cut the shallow rabbets. A true moving fillister
has a depth stop and fence to regulate the depth and width of the cut – plus it has
a nicker that scores the cross grain ahead of the cut. This reduces tearing.<br /><br />
This shallow rabbet, which is used by other dovetailers such as Rob Cosman, is completely
worth the effort to make it. It takes just a few strokes with your plane and prevents
an endless cycle of fussing and adjusting.<br /><br />
The Veritas Skew Rabbet Plane meets all the criteria to make this cut, as does the
Philly Planes moving fillister plane and vintage moving fillisters. The Lie-Nielsen
Skew Block Plane (with nicker) is lacking only a depth stop (you have to count the
shavings and be careful if you use it for this purpose). 
<br /><br />
Next week: How a hammer can tighten up your dovetails.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/marking_pins_IMG_4057.jpg" border="0" /></p>
        <p>
          <i>Here I'm pushing the rabbet against my pin board. This makes transferring the shape
of the tails a can't miss affair.<br /></i>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528" />
      </body>
      <title>Handplanes and Dovetails</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Handplanes+And+Dovetails.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2009 13:04:10 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/skew_rabbet_IMG_4053.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When most people think about cutting dovetails, they think: handsaws. However, there’s
more to dovetailing than sawing. You also need to be mindful of your handplanes when
you’re dovetailing. They can create gaps or help prevent them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This week I’m dovetailing a bunch of drawers and smallish boxes, so my planes are
heavy on my mind.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/dovetails_IMG_4056.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;If I remove any material from the inside of this pin board, the joint will become
gap-tacular.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
First, let’s talk about how handplanes can cause gaps. If you cut your pins and tails
for your box and then plane all the inside surfaces, then you are asking for trouble.
Planing the inside surfaces of your pin boards will make you look like a crap-tacular
sawyer. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Don’t get it? Think about it for a minute: The interior surface of your pin board
contains the wide triangles that fit into your tail board. Every stroke of your handplane
on the interior of your pin board makes the joint looser and looser by removing the
widest part of the joint (the same advice holds true for the belt-sander crowd).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You can, however, plane the interior surfaces of your tail boards with little consequence.
The more planing you do, the more trimming you will have to do after assembly, but
this is really no big deal.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So how do you avoid this problem? Plane the interiors of all your surfaces before
you cut your joinery. This is a good idea for many reasons. First, planing helps remove
any twist or bow in your stock, which makes joinery easier. And second, it prevents
your joints from getting looser as you refine their surfaces.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
For casework, here’s how I do it: First, I dress all the long-grain surfaces with
a jointer plane. Then I cut the joinery. Assemble the carcase. Trim the proud nubs.
Smooth plane the exterior. Be done with it.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nicker_cut_IMG_4054.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;When cutting a cross-grain rabbet, first draw the tool backwards so the nicker
can define the shoulder. This results in cleaner cuts (and is historically accurate,
thank you Peter Nicholson).&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finished_rabbet_IMG_4055.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Here's the completed rabbet. It's less than 1/32" and a bit more than 1/64". It's
all you need.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Now that we know that handplanes have an evil side, how can we use them to tighten
our dovetails? Use a moving fillister plane to cut a shallow rabbet on the inside
of each tail board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This shallow rabbet is the width of your stock’s thickness (use a 3/4”-wide rabbet
for 3/4”-thick stock). And the rabbet is less than 1/32” deep. What does this rabbet
do? It makes transferring your marks from your tail board to your pin board (or vice-versa)
much easier. The mating board nests right into the rabbet so you don’t have to fuss
around with lining things up on the baseline.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Senior Editor Glen D. Huey showed me this trick in 2002. He was using it to line up
pieces of differing thicknesses, but the rabbet also made transferring the marks from
one board to another almost foolproof.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I use a moving fillister plane to cut the shallow rabbets. A true moving fillister
has a depth stop and fence to regulate the depth and width of the cut – plus it has
a nicker that scores the cross grain ahead of the cut. This reduces tearing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This shallow rabbet, which is used by other dovetailers such as Rob Cosman, is completely
worth the effort to make it. It takes just a few strokes with your plane and prevents
an endless cycle of fussing and adjusting.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The Veritas Skew Rabbet Plane meets all the criteria to make this cut, as does the
Philly Planes moving fillister plane and vintage moving fillisters. The Lie-Nielsen
Skew Block Plane (with nicker) is lacking only a depth stop (you have to count the
shavings and be careful if you use it for this purpose). 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Next week: How a hammer can tighten up your dovetails.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/marking_pins_IMG_4057.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Here I'm pushing the rabbet against my pin board. This makes transferring the shape
of the tails a can't miss affair.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d6984f18-2d1d-42d5-ac1c-f47801859528.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/opener_IMG_4011.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Plow planes are some of the easiest joinery planes to use – once you know a few tricks
to getting good results. I struggled with the tools until Don McConnell (now a planemaker
at <a href="http://planemaker.com/">Clark &amp; Williams</a>) set me straight years
ago with one simple piece of advice:<br /><br />
"Each hand should have a separate job," he said. "One hand holds the fence. The other
pushes the tool forward."<br /><br />
Before that point, both of my hands were engaged in job sharing. My hand on the fence
was also pushing forward. My hand on the tote was twisting the tool to keep the fence
tight on the work.<br /><br />
Here are the other things I've learned about gripping a plow plane over the years:<br /><br /><b>1. It's a bit like sawing.</b> The hand that holds the tote (or the stock) should
be directly lined up with the cut and should swing free. Sometimes this means getting
your body over the work (a low bench is helpful here). If your forearm is not in line
with the skate of the tool, it's gonna be a roughie.<br /><br /><b>2. It's a bit like jointing an edge.</b> For my fence hand, I wrap the web between
my thumb and index finger around the stems (sometimes called posts) of the tool. I
reach my fingers around the fence and touch the work and the front edge of the bench
if possible. My thumb is pressing down. If you joint edges of boards by hand, you'll
recognize this hand position immediately.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/workholding_IMG_4003.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Workholding: Keep it Simple</b>
          <br />
There are lots of ways to hold your work for plowing. If your end vise and dogs are
positioned near the front edge of the bench, you can usually pinch things directly
between dogs. You also can use a sticking board, which is a little shelf that holds
your work.<br /><br />
Or you can do what I do: Clamp a batten to the benchtop to brace the edge of your
workpiece. And plow into the tip of a holdfast. This is very quick for plowing drawer
parts – there's no clamping and unclamping and you can work with a bunch of different
lengths easily.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/set_fence_IMG_4000.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Set the Fence</b>
          <br />
Set your plow's fence so it is parallel to the skate and the desired distance from
your cutter. The most common cut I make is a 1/4"-wide groove that's 1/4" from the
fence. Conveniently, the brass section on my folding rule is exactly 1/4" long, so
it’s easy to set things at a glance.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/begin_IMG_4007.jpg" border="0" width="220" />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/second_IMG_4008.jpg" border="0" hspace="10" width="220" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Begin at the End</b>
          <br />
You can use a plow plane like a bench plane and make full strokes that run from the
near end to the far end. But I have found this to be sometimes troublesome. Sometimes
the cutter will follow the grain in the board and the tool's fence will drift away
from the work. The results are ugly.<br /><br />
Instead, I start at the far end of the board and make short cuts. Each succeeding
cut gets a little longer until I am making full-length cuts. The advantage to this
is that if your plane wanders, it will only be for a short distance and the next cut
will correct the error.<br /><br />
After you are making full-length cuts there's little danger of the tool wandering.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/curls_IMG_4010.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The shavings should be fairly thick – you don't want to do this all day. These shavings
are .015" thick. I could probably go a little thicker in pine.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/results_IMG_4009.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Results and Then…</b>
          <br />
When the tool stops cutting, you stop stroking. The edges of the groove might be a
little furry – that's typical even for the best work. That's why I wait to smooth
plane my pieces after I have grooved them. That removes the fur. Here's what the groove
looks like when I'm done.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <br />
        <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
        <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /><p></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf" /></body>
      <title>How I Use a Plow Plane</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/How+I+Use+A+Plow+Plane.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 10 Apr 2009 13:48:53 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/opener_IMG_4011.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Plow planes are some of the easiest joinery planes to use – once you know a few tricks
to getting good results. I struggled with the tools until Don McConnell (now a planemaker
at &lt;a href="http://planemaker.com/"&gt;Clark &amp;amp; Williams&lt;/a&gt;) set me straight years
ago with one simple piece of advice:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"Each hand should have a separate job," he said. "One hand holds the fence. The other
pushes the tool forward."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Before that point, both of my hands were engaged in job sharing. My hand on the fence
was also pushing forward. My hand on the tote was twisting the tool to keep the fence
tight on the work.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Here are the other things I've learned about gripping a plow plane over the years:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;1. It's a bit like sawing.&lt;/b&gt; The hand that holds the tote (or the stock) should
be directly lined up with the cut and should swing free. Sometimes this means getting
your body over the work (a low bench is helpful here). If your forearm is not in line
with the skate of the tool, it's gonna be a roughie.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;2. It's a bit like jointing an edge.&lt;/b&gt; For my fence hand, I wrap the web between
my thumb and index finger around the stems (sometimes called posts) of the tool. I
reach my fingers around the fence and touch the work and the front edge of the bench
if possible. My thumb is pressing down. If you joint edges of boards by hand, you'll
recognize this hand position immediately.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/workholding_IMG_4003.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Workholding: Keep it Simple&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
There are lots of ways to hold your work for plowing. If your end vise and dogs are
positioned near the front edge of the bench, you can usually pinch things directly
between dogs. You also can use a sticking board, which is a little shelf that holds
your work.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Or you can do what I do: Clamp a batten to the benchtop to brace the edge of your
workpiece. And plow into the tip of a holdfast. This is very quick for plowing drawer
parts – there's no clamping and unclamping and you can work with a bunch of different
lengths easily.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/set_fence_IMG_4000.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Set the Fence&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Set your plow's fence so it is parallel to the skate and the desired distance from
your cutter. The most common cut I make is a 1/4"-wide groove that's 1/4" from the
fence. Conveniently, the brass section on my folding rule is exactly 1/4" long, so
it’s easy to set things at a glance.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/begin_IMG_4007.jpg" border="0" width="220"&gt;&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/second_IMG_4008.jpg" border="0" hspace="10" width="220"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Begin at the End&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You can use a plow plane like a bench plane and make full strokes that run from the
near end to the far end. But I have found this to be sometimes troublesome. Sometimes
the cutter will follow the grain in the board and the tool's fence will drift away
from the work. The results are ugly.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Instead, I start at the far end of the board and make short cuts. Each succeeding
cut gets a little longer until I am making full-length cuts. The advantage to this
is that if your plane wanders, it will only be for a short distance and the next cut
will correct the error.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After you are making full-length cuts there's little danger of the tool wandering.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/curls_IMG_4010.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The shavings should be fairly thick – you don't want to do this all day. These shavings
are .015" thick. I could probably go a little thicker in pine.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/results_IMG_4009.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Results and Then…&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When the tool stops cutting, you stop stroking. The edges of the groove might be a
little furry – that's typical even for the best work. That's why I wait to smooth
plane my pieces after I have grooved them. That removes the fur. Here's what the groove
looks like when I'm done.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,76be7a87-335d-4f26-8d9a-7c5fea282aaf.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>8</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <i>Milford Brown writes: Since you are interested in the older hand-powered woodworking,
I wonder what, if anything, you know about the history of marking knife use? 
<br /><br />
I recently had occasion to dismantle an old pine blanket chest (because of extensive
powderpost beetle damage in the sapwood edges of its top and bottom boards) that had
been assembled with the later-style cut nails, and had hinges attached with screws
that had no point, but with the top of the head showing circular machining marks,
which from what I could find, dates it to somewhere after 1837.  <br /><br />
I found also that in places such as rabbets for corner joints and cuts to inset the
hinges and the small inner compartment, the necessary lines had been cut rather deeply
with a knife.  <br /><br />
The joiners that Joseph Moxon ("Mechanick Exercises") wrote about had pin-style marking
gauges that followed an edge, but in either the original or your <a href="http://www.lostartpress.com/product/da5ef04d-4805-4b1e-aed4-9bfc84c19591.aspx">easy-to-read
version</a>, I didn't see anything about how other cuts were marked. According to
the Wikipedia article on pencils, various writing sticks with graphite cores were
available long before this chest, but its maker, as many now, preferred a knife. Web-searching
for marking knives located a variety of modern products, such as the ones you wrote
about, but I didn't find anything in the way of history. Did you?</i>
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/strikingknife.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
Milford,<br /><br />
You're right that Moxon, a 17th-century source, doesn't mention a marking knife. He
discusses the pricker, which seems to be an awl-like tool used for marking joints.<br /><br />
The earliest image of a marking knife that I'm aware of is from Joseph Smith's "Explanation
or Key to the Various Manufactories of Sheffield" (shown above). It's a circa 1801
source. The striking knife shown there was the dominant form for many years – you
can still find examples being made today that look like this (though I don't recommend
the modern version).<br /><br />
I browsed through Andre Roubo's books this morning and couldn't find a marking knife
(if someone else has found one, let me know). I did find a "la point a tracer," which
translates as "scriber." Roubo's description says it is a round steel tool with a
handle that comes to a peak. Sounds awl-ish to me.<br /><br />
I'll check my other books at home. If you know something, fess up in the comments.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><p></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57" /></body>
      <title>Those People Had Knives</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Those+People+Had+Knives.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2009 12:09:18 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Milford Brown writes: Since you are interested in the older hand-powered woodworking,
I wonder what, if anything, you know about the history of marking knife use? 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I recently had occasion to dismantle an old pine blanket chest (because of extensive
powderpost beetle damage in the sapwood edges of its top and bottom boards) that had
been assembled with the later-style cut nails, and had hinges attached with screws
that had no point, but with the top of the head showing circular machining marks,
which from what I could find, dates it to somewhere after 1837. &amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I found also that in places such as rabbets for corner joints and cuts to inset the
hinges and the small inner compartment, the necessary lines had been cut rather deeply
with a knife. &amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The joiners that Joseph Moxon ("Mechanick Exercises") wrote about had pin-style marking
gauges that followed an edge, but in either the original or your &lt;a href="http://www.lostartpress.com/product/da5ef04d-4805-4b1e-aed4-9bfc84c19591.aspx"&gt;easy-to-read
version&lt;/a&gt;, I didn't see anything about how other cuts were marked. According to
the Wikipedia article on pencils, various writing sticks with graphite cores were
available long before this chest, but its maker, as many now, preferred a knife. Web-searching
for marking knives located a variety of modern products, such as the ones you wrote
about, but I didn't find anything in the way of history. Did you?&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/strikingknife.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
Milford,&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You're right that Moxon, a 17th-century source, doesn't mention a marking knife. He
discusses the pricker, which seems to be an awl-like tool used for marking joints.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The earliest image of a marking knife that I'm aware of is from Joseph Smith's "Explanation
or Key to the Various Manufactories of Sheffield" (shown above). It's a circa 1801
source. The striking knife shown there was the dominant form for many years – you
can still find examples being made today that look like this (though I don't recommend
the modern version).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I browsed through Andre Roubo's books this morning and couldn't find a marking knife
(if someone else has found one, let me know). I did find a "la point a tracer," which
translates as "scriber." Roubo's description says it is a round steel tool with a
handle that comes to a peak. Sounds awl-ish to me.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I'll check my other books at home. If you know something, fess up in the comments.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d48f3bb7-d28b-4a55-8821-fefff6e68d57.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Reader Questions</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>13</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1_dovetail_IMG_3701.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
While teaching a class on handsawing a couple years ago, one student lost his cool.
He was cutting a tenon for his sawbench, and he strayed over the line and the result
looked rough to him. He grunted, threw his saw down with a clatter and stomped away
from the bench.<br /><br />
The classroom got real quiet. This student was a big fella – he probably had 100 pounds
of muscle on me, a ZZ Top beard and a short fuse. As he angled toward the classroom
door to leave, I wasn’t sure what to do.<br /><br />
So I picked up one of his uncut legs, marked out the joint he needed and sawed it
out without saying a word. I didn’t do it like when I teach (history, blah, blah,
joke, blah, technical detail, blah, sidebar, blah, blah) where it takes 20 minutes
to make a tenon. Instead, I cut it like I do it at home with the radio on. One tenon.
One minute.<br /><br />
I left the tenon on the bench and walked away. I was a bit freaked about what would
happen next. I was out of ideas. The other students walked up to see my work.<br /><br />
“I get it now,” one student said. “That’s what it looks like – from start to finish.
That’s what the joint looks like at the end. That’s what I needed.”<br /><br />
The big guy came over for a look, too. I got him a new workpiece to replace his ruined
one. The rest of the day went smoothly.<br /><br />
It’s easy to get intimidated by hand joinery. We expect it to look like router-cut
joinery, or some trumped-up bit of fakery by photographers. The truth is that in some
cases hand joinery looks better when compared to joints made by power tools and worse
in others. 
<br /><br />
In my work, for example, I don’t go for slick end-grain surfaces. What’s the use?
They offer little gluing strength. I focus on the getting the gluing surfaces flat
and smooth. And I try to get the fit as close as I can.<br /><br />
But don’t we all? What does this really look like?<br /><br />
Now that we have a macro lens at the magazine, I’ve started taking photos of things
that our lenses couldn’t show before, such as close-ups of joinery surfaces.<br /><br />
Here’s what a casework dovetail looks like that I cut two weeks ago. It’s for a sideboard
for the Summer 2009 issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>. 
<br /><br />
In the first shot above you can see how things are pretty clean, but nothing like
a router-cut surface. I cut that rabbet on one of the faces of the piece to make it
easier to lay out the mating socket.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/2_dovetail_IMG_3712.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
In the second shot, this is how things looked right before I knocked the dovetail
home. Yes, the end grain looks rough. Yes, that’s some junk in the corners. I could
pare it with a chisel, but why bother?
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/3_dovetail_IMG_3711.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
And third, you can see the end result. The fit is OK around the dovetail – nothing
like you see on a magazine cover. There's a gap at the back shoulder I could slip
a playing card into. But the joint is tight at the front shoulder, which is all that
will ever show. I am done and ready to move to the other side of this joint.<br /><br />
I hope this helps you – like my frustrated mountain man student – to relax a bit when
it comes to sawing joints. 
<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><br /><b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b><br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213" />
      </body>
      <title>Real Joinery Surfaces</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Real+Joinery+Surfaces.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2009 11:15:12 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1_dovetail_IMG_3701.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
While teaching a class on handsawing a couple years ago, one student lost his cool.
He was cutting a tenon for his sawbench, and he strayed over the line and the result
looked rough to him. He grunted, threw his saw down with a clatter and stomped away
from the bench.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The classroom got real quiet. This student was a big fella – he probably had 100 pounds
of muscle on me, a ZZ Top beard and a short fuse. As he angled toward the classroom
door to leave, I wasn’t sure what to do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So I picked up one of his uncut legs, marked out the joint he needed and sawed it
out without saying a word. I didn’t do it like when I teach (history, blah, blah,
joke, blah, technical detail, blah, sidebar, blah, blah) where it takes 20 minutes
to make a tenon. Instead, I cut it like I do it at home with the radio on. One tenon.
One minute.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I left the tenon on the bench and walked away. I was a bit freaked about what would
happen next. I was out of ideas. The other students walked up to see my work.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
“I get it now,” one student said. “That’s what it looks like – from start to finish.
That’s what the joint looks like at the end. That’s what I needed.”&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The big guy came over for a look, too. I got him a new workpiece to replace his ruined
one. The rest of the day went smoothly.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It’s easy to get intimidated by hand joinery. We expect it to look like router-cut
joinery, or some trumped-up bit of fakery by photographers. The truth is that in some
cases hand joinery looks better when compared to joints made by power tools and worse
in others. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In my work, for example, I don’t go for slick end-grain surfaces. What’s the use?
They offer little gluing strength. I focus on the getting the gluing surfaces flat
and smooth. And I try to get the fit as close as I can.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But don’t we all? What does this really look like?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Now that we have a macro lens at the magazine, I’ve started taking photos of things
that our lenses couldn’t show before, such as close-ups of joinery surfaces.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Here’s what a casework dovetail looks like that I cut two weeks ago. It’s for a sideboard
for the Summer 2009 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In the first shot above you can see how things are pretty clean, but nothing like
a router-cut surface. I cut that rabbet on one of the faces of the piece to make it
easier to lay out the mating socket.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/2_dovetail_IMG_3712.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
In the second shot, this is how things looked right before I knocked the dovetail
home. Yes, the end grain looks rough. Yes, that’s some junk in the corners. I could
pare it with a chisel, but why bother?
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/3_dovetail_IMG_3711.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
And third, you can see the end result. The fit is OK around the dovetail – nothing
like you see on a magazine cover. There's a gap at the back shoulder I could slip
a playing card into. But the joint is tight at the front shoulder, which is all that
will ever show. I am done and ready to move to the other side of this joint.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I hope this helps you – like my frustrated mountain man student – to relax a bit when
it comes to sawing joints. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f3030d15-565e-4c2f-aff2-c24e29fe7213.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
      <category>Saws</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>17</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_open_IMG_3982.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When I glue up panels from several narrow boards, I use my jointer plane to dress
all the mating edges. While our power jointer is fairly well tuned, it's rarely perfect
– we have a busy shop. So I find it easier to dress my edges by hand than to fuss
with the powered jointer.<br /><br />
My jointer plane has a cambered iron, which allows me to correct an out-of-square
edge. (I'll cover this in a future blog post after I pick up some Kevlar undergarments
to protect me from the flak.)<br /><br />
Until I mastered using a cambered iron in my jointer plane, I used to use a straight
iron and a jointer plane fence to dress my edges. I still use a jointer plane fence
on occasion when I only have one or two chances at getting an edge dead-nuts square.<br /><br />
There are two kinds of commercial jointer plane fences. The more common one now is
the <a href="http://www.leevalley.com/wood/page.aspx?c=1&amp;p=41716&amp;cat=1,41182">Veritas
Jointer Fence</a>, which attaches to the plane with two rare earth magnets and a post
that wedges the whole thing on your plane's sidewall. This fence works with almost
any bench plane, though I usually use it with a plane the size of a jack or a jointer
(14" to 22" long).
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_386_IMG_3985.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The other kind of fence is like the discontinued Stanley No. 386. This fence attaches
to the plane using thumbscrews. The nice thing about the No. 386 is that you can set
it for a wide range of angles and it has a knob that I find useful for the edge-jointing
process. The other nice thing about the No. 386 is that I can use it with a cambered
iron because the fence is under the sole of the tool. The fence centers the plane
over a typical edge, where the cambered iron is basically straight. (You can do this
with the Veritas fence by adding a wooden block to the fence.)
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_center_IMG_39.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The No. 386 can be tough to find in the wild. <a href="http://www.stjamesbaytoolco.com/">St.
James Bay Tool Co.</a> makes one that is similar, but I haven't tried it.<br /><br /><b>How to Joint Edges With a Fence</b><br />
Just like with using a power jointer, there is some technique involved in using a
jointer plane fence.<br /><br />
Things to watch: The cutter has to be sticking out of the tool dead square. This is
why I learned to use a curved iron in my jointer plane – it's actually a more forgiving
setup than using a straight iron.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_hands_IMG_398.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Second: Use your dominant hand to push the plane forward and your off-hand to control
the fence. With your off-hand, use your thumb to push the toe down against the edge
and use your fingers to push the fence against the face of your board.<br /><br />
Third: What you have to understand about handplanes is that the tool's cutter sticks
out below the sole of the tool. As a result, the tool takes a slightly heavier cut
at the beginning of the pass when only part of the plane is on the edge. 
<br /><br />
Last week I tried to measure this by edge jointing a 30"-long board and then measuring
the shaving's thickness at five points along its length. At the beginning of the cut
(toe engaged only) my cuts were consistently .0055" thick. In the middle and end of
the cut the shaving was .005" thick.<br /><br />
That is not much difference. But it can add up. After several strokes the edge develops
a gentle curve to it. And that's no good for gluing.<br /><br />
So here's what I do: First remove some of the middle section of the edge. I start
the cut a few inches in from the end of the board, and I end the cut a few inches
from the end. I'll usually take two passes like this. (This is similar to what David
Charlesworth does, though I believe he continues to make passes until the plane stops
cutting.)
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_stop_IMG_3984.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Then I take a pass all the way through the edge. If I get one perfect unbroken shaving,
I'll test the edge with a straightedge or the board's mating edge. If the edge is
perfect or is a little hollow in the middle, I'll get the glue and the clamps. If
the edge still bulges, I'll remove another shaving in the middle.<br /><br />
One more thing: Some woodworkers poo-poo the jointer plane fence. As Senior Editor
Bob Lang might say: "You might as well show up on the job site wearing a dress."<br /><br />
Well since today is <a href="http://www.tartanday.org/">"National Tartan Day,"</a> I
think you can get away with it.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><br /><b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b><br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147" />
      </body>
      <title>Cheating at Jointing Edges</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Cheating+At+Jointing+Edges.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 06 Apr 2009 14:34:16 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_open_IMG_3982.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When I glue up panels from several narrow boards, I use my jointer plane to dress
all the mating edges. While our power jointer is fairly well tuned, it's rarely perfect
– we have a busy shop. So I find it easier to dress my edges by hand than to fuss
with the powered jointer.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
My jointer plane has a cambered iron, which allows me to correct an out-of-square
edge. (I'll cover this in a future blog post after I pick up some Kevlar undergarments
to protect me from the flak.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Until I mastered using a cambered iron in my jointer plane, I used to use a straight
iron and a jointer plane fence to dress my edges. I still use a jointer plane fence
on occasion when I only have one or two chances at getting an edge dead-nuts square.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
There are two kinds of commercial jointer plane fences. The more common one now is
the &lt;a href="http://www.leevalley.com/wood/page.aspx?c=1&amp;amp;p=41716&amp;amp;cat=1,41182"&gt;Veritas
Jointer Fence&lt;/a&gt;, which attaches to the plane with two rare earth magnets and a post
that wedges the whole thing on your plane's sidewall. This fence works with almost
any bench plane, though I usually use it with a plane the size of a jack or a jointer
(14" to 22" long).
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_386_IMG_3985.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The other kind of fence is like the discontinued Stanley No. 386. This fence attaches
to the plane using thumbscrews. The nice thing about the No. 386 is that you can set
it for a wide range of angles and it has a knob that I find useful for the edge-jointing
process. The other nice thing about the No. 386 is that I can use it with a cambered
iron because the fence is under the sole of the tool. The fence centers the plane
over a typical edge, where the cambered iron is basically straight. (You can do this
with the Veritas fence by adding a wooden block to the fence.)
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_center_IMG_39.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The No. 386 can be tough to find in the wild. &lt;a href="http://www.stjamesbaytoolco.com/"&gt;St.
James Bay Tool Co.&lt;/a&gt; makes one that is similar, but I haven't tried it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;How to Joint Edges With a Fence&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Just like with using a power jointer, there is some technique involved in using a
jointer plane fence.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Things to watch: The cutter has to be sticking out of the tool dead square. This is
why I learned to use a curved iron in my jointer plane – it's actually a more forgiving
setup than using a straight iron.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_hands_IMG_398.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Second: Use your dominant hand to push the plane forward and your off-hand to control
the fence. With your off-hand, use your thumb to push the toe down against the edge
and use your fingers to push the fence against the face of your board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Third: What you have to understand about handplanes is that the tool's cutter sticks
out below the sole of the tool. As a result, the tool takes a slightly heavier cut
at the beginning of the pass when only part of the plane is on the edge. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Last week I tried to measure this by edge jointing a 30"-long board and then measuring
the shaving's thickness at five points along its length. At the beginning of the cut
(toe engaged only) my cuts were consistently .0055" thick. In the middle and end of
the cut the shaving was .005" thick.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
That is not much difference. But it can add up. After several strokes the edge develops
a gentle curve to it. And that's no good for gluing.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So here's what I do: First remove some of the middle section of the edge. I start
the cut a few inches in from the end of the board, and I end the cut a few inches
from the end. I'll usually take two passes like this. (This is similar to what David
Charlesworth does, though I believe he continues to make passes until the plane stops
cutting.)
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/jointer_fence_stop_IMG_3984.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Then I take a pass all the way through the edge. If I get one perfect unbroken shaving,
I'll test the edge with a straightedge or the board's mating edge. If the edge is
perfect or is a little hollow in the middle, I'll get the glue and the clamps. If
the edge still bulges, I'll remove another shaving in the middle.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
One more thing: Some woodworkers poo-poo the jointer plane fence. As Senior Editor
Bob Lang might say: "You might as well show up on the job site wearing a dress."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Well since today is &lt;a href="http://www.tartanday.org/"&gt;"National Tartan Day,"&lt;/a&gt; I
think you can get away with it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c9e9d5b0-b998-4d60-9b51-4e2ee6642147.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>1</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_opener_IMG_3966.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I noticed the head on my trusty Hamilton hammer was loose last weekend as I was driving
a bunch of nails (good thing I have an extra hammer or two). This morning I decided
to do something about it.<br /><br />
Conventional wisdom is that the head works loose because of the shock that the tool
is subjected to daily. Sounds conventional. Sounds wise. But R. Bruce Hoadley, author
of "Understanding Wood," claims otherwise. He says it is the continuous cycle of seasonal
expansion and contraction that results in the handle shrinking out.<br /><br />
In either case, the fix is the same in my shop. First I probe around in the head to
find an area of the handle that I'm certain is wood. I'm going to be driving a chisel
down there, so I don't want any metallic surprises.<br /><br />
The adze eye here is 1/2" wide, so I need a wedge that is that same width.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_make_wedge_IMG_3967.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Make a Wedge</b>
          <br />
I tighten up my heads with wooden wedges. You can buy metal ones at the store, but
I have lots of wood. I scrounged up a piece of 1/2"-thick maple (ash, oak or hickory
are all good choices as well). Then I crosscut off a piece about 3/4" long.<br /><br />
I created the wedge on the band saw. I have a little sled that presents the wood to
the blade at 7° (you can set your saw's miter gauge and attach an auxiliary fence
if you like). You cut one end of your stock, flip it and cut the other. The result
is a wedge with a 14° taper. Make a bunch of wedges and find the one that comes to
the finest point.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_show_wedge_IMG_3969.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Chisel Down</b>
          <br />
Fetch a 1/2"-wide chisel. Not the nice one; the other one that belongs to your neighbor.
Secure your hammer with clamps or in a vise and drive the chisel as deeply as you
can into the adze eye. Don't be shy here.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_chisel_IMG_3971.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Remove the chisel, turn it around and drive it in again. When you are done, this is
about what it should look like.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_ready_to_wedge_IMG_3.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Glue and Wedge</b>
          <br />
Apply glue to the chiseled slot in your handle and on both faces of the wedge. (I
use yellow glue.) Drive the wedge in as deeply as you can.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_wedged_IMG_3973.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
This is why you need two hammers in your shop. This is exactly what got me in trouble
in the first place. (See <a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/When+All+Your+Problems+Look+Like+Hammers.aspx">"Daddy
has a hammer problem"</a> for details.)  <br /><br />
Wait for the glue to cure and trim the excess with a chisel or saw. Now you're ready
for another beating.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88" />
      </body>
      <title>Tighten Up a Loose Hammer Head</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Tighten+Up+A+Loose+Hammer+Head.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2009 12:15:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_opener_IMG_3966.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I noticed the head on my trusty Hamilton hammer was loose last weekend as I was driving
a bunch of nails (good thing I have an extra hammer or two). This morning I decided
to do something about it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Conventional wisdom is that the head works loose because of the shock that the tool
is subjected to daily. Sounds conventional. Sounds wise. But R. Bruce Hoadley, author
of "Understanding Wood," claims otherwise. He says it is the continuous cycle of seasonal
expansion and contraction that results in the handle shrinking out.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In either case, the fix is the same in my shop. First I probe around in the head to
find an area of the handle that I'm certain is wood. I'm going to be driving a chisel
down there, so I don't want any metallic surprises.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The adze eye here is 1/2" wide, so I need a wedge that is that same width.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_make_wedge_IMG_3967.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Make a Wedge&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I tighten up my heads with wooden wedges. You can buy metal ones at the store, but
I have lots of wood. I scrounged up a piece of 1/2"-thick maple (ash, oak or hickory
are all good choices as well). Then I crosscut off a piece about 3/4" long.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I created the wedge on the band saw. I have a little sled that presents the wood to
the blade at 7° (you can set your saw's miter gauge and attach an auxiliary fence
if you like). You cut one end of your stock, flip it and cut the other. The result
is a wedge with a 14° taper. Make a bunch of wedges and find the one that comes to
the finest point.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_show_wedge_IMG_3969.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Chisel Down&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Fetch a 1/2"-wide chisel. Not the nice one; the other one that belongs to your neighbor.
Secure your hammer with clamps or in a vise and drive the chisel as deeply as you
can into the adze eye. Don't be shy here.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_chisel_IMG_3971.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Remove the chisel, turn it around and drive it in again. When you are done, this is
about what it should look like.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_ready_to_wedge_IMG_3.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Glue and Wedge&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Apply glue to the chiseled slot in your handle and on both faces of the wedge. (I
use yellow glue.) Drive the wedge in as deeply as you can.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/hammer_wedged_IMG_3973.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This is why you need two hammers in your shop. This is exactly what got me in trouble
in the first place. (See &lt;a href="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/When+All+Your+Problems+Look+Like+Hammers.aspx"&gt;"Daddy
has a hammer problem"&lt;/a&gt; for details.) &amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Wait for the glue to cure and trim the excess with a chisel or saw. Now you're ready
for another beating.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,92f50f65-da89-49d3-82fc-928974a51e88.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>6</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Plow_opener_IMG_3929.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
In my kindergarten class, someone was snitching cookies from the lunchboxes of the
rest of the class. (Spoiler alert: It was the fat kid.) While the teacher's investigation
was ongoing, she gave us a speech that I still remember.<br /><br />
"I once had a student who stole cookies," she said. "Then he stole lunch money. Then
he stole money from his parent's wallets…."<br /><br />
Long pause. "Then he robbed a gas station."<br /><br />
If you are still in the "smoothing plane" (stealing cookies) stage of your slide into
handtools, let me give you a peek at some of bad deeds you'll be committing against
your family's checkbook in the years ahead. First stop: plow planes.<br /><br />
Plow planes make grooves in the edges and faces of stock, which is great for frame-and-panel
work. They also can be adjusted to make the tongue on a tongue-and-groove joint. And
they are great for wasting away stock when you are making decorative moulding with
moulding planes.<br /><br />
There are many different kids of plow planes, but I think there really are two families:
the wooden plows and the metal plows. And their differences are in more than the raw
materials used to make them.<br /><br />
Because that's the most obvious difference, however, let's start there.<br /><br /><b>Metal vs. Wooden Bodies</b><br />
If you're buying a used plow, the metal ones are usually in better shape than the
wooden ones. And the metal ones can usually be resurrected a little more easily. That's
because the wooden body of a plow can warp (very difficult to fix), and the wooden
wedge that secures the iron can be frozen in its mortise or can be so modified that
it is useless.<br /><br />
That said, I always prefer a wooden grip on a plane, so the metal grips aren't my
favorite. Heck I've thought about wrapping some friction tape around the handles to
improve the feedback.<br /><br /><b>Where the Shavings Go</b><br />
In use, the biggest difference for me is where each tool's shavings go. On the metal
plows, the shavings eject into the fence and the user's hand. This is annoying because
many times the shavings bunch up like a wad of toilet paper in the fence and you have
to stop your work and clear things out.<br /><br />
On the wooden plows, the shavings are ejected away from the user and onto the benchtop.
I have yet to find a disadvantage to this way of work – except that you have to sweep
off your bench once in a while.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_shavings_IMG_39.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_shavingsIMG_3939.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>About that Fence</b>
          <br />
The fence on a metal plow is usually secured with two thumbscrews. Because of the
tight tolerances when the tool is made, it's usually simple for the user to get the
fence parallel to the tool's skate – a critical detail.<br /><br />
With wooden plows, it's all over the map. Fences can be fantastic or one step above
semi-adjustable firewood. The bridle mechanism on my <a href="http://dlbarrettandsons.com/currentworks.html">D.L.
Barrett &amp; Sons plow</a> is perfection. It's better than a metal plow. One thumbscrew
locks everything, and it's always parallel to the skate.<br /><br />
However, most of the wooden plows you'll find have two wooden screws that adjust the
fence (or sometimes wedges do the job). With the two wooden screws, it's a bit more
of a hassle to get things parallel. Plus, sometimes these screws are damaged beyond
saving.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_fence_IMG_3936.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_screwfence_IMG_39.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Different Depth Stops</b>
          <br />
On a metal plow, the depth stop is on the side of the skate that is opposite the fence.
On the wooden plow, the depth stop is between the fence and skate. I haven't found
either to be troublesome, but you do have to pay attention to your work. You don’t
want to waste away part of the wood that you are going to need your depth stop to
contact on a later cut.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_depth_IMG_3931.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_depth_IMG_3934.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I work with both tools and find that they both do everything a woodworker needs. The
choice of tool comes down to:<br /><br />
• How much you can spend<br />
• What is available in your area<br />
• How much work you want to put into the tool<br />
• And which form makes you drive by Texaco stations that aren't on your way home.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz  </i><br /></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd" />
      </body>
      <title>Plow Planes: Metal vs. Wood</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Plow+Planes+Metal+Vs+Wood.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2009 18:09:24 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Plow_opener_IMG_3929.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
In my kindergarten class, someone was snitching cookies from the lunchboxes of the
rest of the class. (Spoiler alert: It was the fat kid.) While the teacher's investigation
was ongoing, she gave us a speech that I still remember.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"I once had a student who stole cookies," she said. "Then he stole lunch money. Then
he stole money from his parent's wallets…."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Long pause. "Then he robbed a gas station."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you are still in the "smoothing plane" (stealing cookies) stage of your slide into
handtools, let me give you a peek at some of bad deeds you'll be committing against
your family's checkbook in the years ahead. First stop: plow planes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Plow planes make grooves in the edges and faces of stock, which is great for frame-and-panel
work. They also can be adjusted to make the tongue on a tongue-and-groove joint. And
they are great for wasting away stock when you are making decorative moulding with
moulding planes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
There are many different kids of plow planes, but I think there really are two families:
the wooden plows and the metal plows. And their differences are in more than the raw
materials used to make them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Because that's the most obvious difference, however, let's start there.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Metal vs. Wooden Bodies&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you're buying a used plow, the metal ones are usually in better shape than the
wooden ones. And the metal ones can usually be resurrected a little more easily. That's
because the wooden body of a plow can warp (very difficult to fix), and the wooden
wedge that secures the iron can be frozen in its mortise or can be so modified that
it is useless.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
That said, I always prefer a wooden grip on a plane, so the metal grips aren't my
favorite. Heck I've thought about wrapping some friction tape around the handles to
improve the feedback.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Where the Shavings Go&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In use, the biggest difference for me is where each tool's shavings go. On the metal
plows, the shavings eject into the fence and the user's hand. This is annoying because
many times the shavings bunch up like a wad of toilet paper in the fence and you have
to stop your work and clear things out.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On the wooden plows, the shavings are ejected away from the user and onto the benchtop.
I have yet to find a disadvantage to this way of work – except that you have to sweep
off your bench once in a while.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_shavings_IMG_39.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_shavingsIMG_3939.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;About that Fence&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The fence on a metal plow is usually secured with two thumbscrews. Because of the
tight tolerances when the tool is made, it's usually simple for the user to get the
fence parallel to the tool's skate – a critical detail.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
With wooden plows, it's all over the map. Fences can be fantastic or one step above
semi-adjustable firewood. The bridle mechanism on my &lt;a href="http://dlbarrettandsons.com/currentworks.html"&gt;D.L.
Barrett &amp;amp; Sons plow&lt;/a&gt; is perfection. It's better than a metal plow. One thumbscrew
locks everything, and it's always parallel to the skate.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
However, most of the wooden plows you'll find have two wooden screws that adjust the
fence (or sometimes wedges do the job). With the two wooden screws, it's a bit more
of a hassle to get things parallel. Plus, sometimes these screws are damaged beyond
saving.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_fence_IMG_3936.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_screwfence_IMG_39.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Different Depth Stops&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
On a metal plow, the depth stop is on the side of the skate that is opposite the fence.
On the wooden plow, the depth stop is between the fence and skate. I haven't found
either to be troublesome, but you do have to pay attention to your work. You don’t
want to waste away part of the wood that you are going to need your depth stop to
contact on a later cut.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_metal_depth_IMG_3931.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/plow_wood_depth_IMG_3934.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I work with both tools and find that they both do everything a woodworker needs. The
choice of tool comes down to:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• How much you can spend&lt;br&gt;
• What is available in your area&lt;br&gt;
• How much work you want to put into the tool&lt;br&gt;
• And which form makes you drive by Texaco stations that aren't on your way home.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz &amp;nbsp;&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c71d8625-0a77-4918-9f12-a52f35ffe1bd.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>7</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LV_drawbore_pins_IMG_3915.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Despite the fact that monkeys were as rare as hen's teeth in the mountains of Arkansas,
the highest praise for intelligence there was to be called a "clever monkey." 
<br /><br />
To wit: "When Clem saw the Law, he slammed on brakes. That clever monkey got out of
a speeding ticket by saying he was trying to stomp a sweat bee."<br /><br />
But I digress. This month I'm reviewing new drawbore pins from four manufacturers
for the Summer 2009 issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>. One of the new entrants
to the field is Lee Valley – its drawbore pins will be available in the next couple
weeks at a special introductory price ($49 a pair).<br /><br />
When company officials sent me a couple for evaluation, they also sent a disassembled
one so I could see how it was made (and presumably to keep me from sawing apart their
pre-production models). It is cool. Monkey cool.<br /><br />
The stainless steel shaft passes entirely through the octagonal bubinga handle. And
the tool is capped at the top with a strike button. Though you normally don't need
to strike drawbore pins, some people do.<br /><br />
The metal shaft is barbed to grab onto the inside of the handle. And it has a rubberish
O-ring. Company officials were quick to point out the function of the O-ring. It is
not a shock absorber (like leather between the bolster and handle of a chisel). Instead,
it is an assembly aid at the factory.<br /><br />
The handles are epoxied on. When the cap is screwed in place, there is enough vacuum
pressure to cause the epoxy to squirt out the bottom of the handle. Hence, the O-ring
to seal things up.<br /><br />
The engineering is extremely clever, all-in-all. And though I won't say which of the
new tools I prefer (you'll have to read the Summer 2009 issue for that), I will say
that I favor the Lee Valley's handle.<br /><br />
It should come as no surprise that around the office, one of the highest praises for
intelligence is: "Clever Canadians."<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <br />
        <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
        <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff" /></body>
      <title>Canadians: The New Monkeys</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Canadians+The+New+Monkeys.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 01 Apr 2009 12:24:30 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/LV_drawbore_pins_IMG_3915.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Despite the fact that monkeys were as rare as hen's teeth in the mountains of Arkansas,
the highest praise for intelligence there was to be called a "clever monkey." 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
To wit: "When Clem saw the Law, he slammed on brakes. That clever monkey got out of
a speeding ticket by saying he was trying to stomp a sweat bee."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But I digress. This month I'm reviewing new drawbore pins from four manufacturers
for the Summer 2009 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;. One of the new entrants
to the field is Lee Valley – its drawbore pins will be available in the next couple
weeks at a special introductory price ($49 a pair).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When company officials sent me a couple for evaluation, they also sent a disassembled
one so I could see how it was made (and presumably to keep me from sawing apart their
pre-production models). It is cool. Monkey cool.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The stainless steel shaft passes entirely through the octagonal bubinga handle. And
the tool is capped at the top with a strike button. Though you normally don't need
to strike drawbore pins, some people do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The metal shaft is barbed to grab onto the inside of the handle. And it has a rubberish
O-ring. Company officials were quick to point out the function of the O-ring. It is
not a shock absorber (like leather between the bolster and handle of a chisel). Instead,
it is an assembly aid at the factory.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The handles are epoxied on. When the cap is screwed in place, there is enough vacuum
pressure to cause the epoxy to squirt out the bottom of the handle. Hence, the O-ring
to seal things up.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The engineering is extremely clever, all-in-all. And though I won't say which of the
new tools I prefer (you'll have to read the Summer 2009 issue for that), I will say
that I favor the Lee Valley's handle.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It should come as no surprise that around the office, one of the highest praises for
intelligence is: "Clever Canadians."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c1b53ec6-f4db-4452-851d-abccdac7d3ff.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Strapped_hammer_IMG_3784.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Blacksmith David Maydole was the SawStop of the 19th century.<br /><br />
Sometimes hammerheads would fly loose from their handles on the job site. This could
be troublesome or deadly because occasionally the steel head would strike a fleshy
one (the steel usually wins this competition).<br /><br />
So there were many efforts to improve how the tool's head affixes to the handle. One
early and successful method was to add metal straps that kept the head and handle
together. Sometimes these straps were forged from the hammerhead itself. Sometimes
they were added separately. In either case, the straps were then riveted through the
wooden handle.<br /><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CaptainofIndustry.jpg" border="0" align="right" hspace="8" vspace="8" /><br />
This worked (lots of strapped hammers survive). But there are disadvantages. These
tools require more labor to make. Plus, replacing the handle is inconvenient because
of the rivet.<br /><br />
Then, as legend has it, blacksmith David Maydole of Norwich, N.Y., began experimenting
with metal and the shape of the hammer's head. Hammerheads that are too soft get deformed.
Heads that are too hard will split. Maydole found a happy medium: the hammer's interior
was soft and the exterior was hard – like a lobster.<br /><br />
But that's not what made Maydole famous. History remembers Maydole because of the
hole he made in the hammerhead. He made the hole longer, adding a metal neck below
the head, which is the form that is familiar to all of us today. And he shaped the
hole like one found in an adze: At the top the hole is wider and it gets narrower
at the neck. Once this hole is wedged up, the handle is much more secure.<br /><br />
The joint is not, however, bulletproof. I have had several Maydoles that had loose
heads. I have not, however, had one fly off the handle. (That is allegedly where the
expression comes from.) 
<br /><br />
When Maydole's hammers were first sold in 1840, carpenters were delighted. 
<br /><br />
"(H)e could hammer away with confidence, and without fear of seeing the head of his
hammer leap into the next field unless stopped by a comrade's head," according to
the 1873 account "A Captain of Industry."<br /><br />
I've got lots of these so-called adze-eye hammers. Plus I have some earlier ones with
a straight hole (including one that flew off on a backstroke – very exciting). But
I've never owned a strapped hammer.<br /><br />
I remedied that omission last week by purchasing the hammer in the photo above and
have been using it on a side project that has hundreds of nails. The strapped hammers
I've seen tend to have longer handles – this one is no exception. And many of them
have an interesting and elegant swelling at the base of the handle (this one does
not).<br /><br />
How does it work? Like a rock on a stick. That's my highest praise.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><br /><b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b><br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51" />
      </body>
      <title>Strapped Hammer Tries Not to Kill You</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Strapped+Hammer+Tries+Not+To+Kill+You.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Fri, 20 Mar 2009 11:36:49 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Strapped_hammer_IMG_3784.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Blacksmith David Maydole was the SawStop of the 19th century.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Sometimes hammerheads would fly loose from their handles on the job site. This could
be troublesome or deadly because occasionally the steel head would strike a fleshy
one (the steel usually wins this competition).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So there were many efforts to improve how the tool's head affixes to the handle. One
early and successful method was to add metal straps that kept the head and handle
together. Sometimes these straps were forged from the hammerhead itself. Sometimes
they were added separately. In either case, the straps were then riveted through the
wooden handle.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/CaptainofIndustry.jpg" border="0" align="right" hspace="8" vspace="8"&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This worked (lots of strapped hammers survive). But there are disadvantages. These
tools require more labor to make. Plus, replacing the handle is inconvenient because
of the rivet.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then, as legend has it, blacksmith David Maydole of Norwich, N.Y., began experimenting
with metal and the shape of the hammer's head. Hammerheads that are too soft get deformed.
Heads that are too hard will split. Maydole found a happy medium: the hammer's interior
was soft and the exterior was hard – like a lobster.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But that's not what made Maydole famous. History remembers Maydole because of the
hole he made in the hammerhead. He made the hole longer, adding a metal neck below
the head, which is the form that is familiar to all of us today. And he shaped the
hole like one found in an adze: At the top the hole is wider and it gets narrower
at the neck. Once this hole is wedged up, the handle is much more secure.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The joint is not, however, bulletproof. I have had several Maydoles that had loose
heads. I have not, however, had one fly off the handle. (That is allegedly where the
expression comes from.) 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When Maydole's hammers were first sold in 1840, carpenters were delighted. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"(H)e could hammer away with confidence, and without fear of seeing the head of his
hammer leap into the next field unless stopped by a comrade's head," according to
the 1873 account "A Captain of Industry."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I've got lots of these so-called adze-eye hammers. Plus I have some earlier ones with
a straight hole (including one that flew off on a backstroke – very exciting). But
I've never owned a strapped hammer.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I remedied that omission last week by purchasing the hammer in the photo above and
have been using it on a side project that has hundreds of nails. The strapped hammers
I've seen tend to have longer handles – this one is no exception. And many of them
have an interesting and elegant swelling at the base of the handle (this one does
not).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
How does it work? Like a rock on a stick. That's my highest praise.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,e985c16a-76b9-4c3a-b814-f569a7f97c51.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nail1_IMG_6807.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Some of the best workholding ideas rely on simple wedging action. This weekend I stumbled
onto one more great wedging trick using cut nails.<br /><br />
This might be old hat for you. If so, forgive my waste of bandwidth (which should
be the motto of my blog).<br /><br />
I’m creating some wide panels from narrow boards using an early woodworking technique
of nailing cross-stretchers across the joints of the panel. There’s no glue involved
in this panel. And no Bessey K-bodies, either.<br /><br />
The technique calls for placing your boards on your bench and securing them edge-to-edge
by nailing into your bench around the perimeter of the panel. Then you nail the cross-stretchers
down to the panel and clench them.<br /><br />
As you probably know, cut nails taper along two of their edges. The other two edges
are parallel. When you build furniture you orient the taper so the tapered edges of
the nail bite into the end grain of your top board. This reduces the chance of your
work splitting.<br /><br />
So when I nailed into my bench using this principle, two things happened. First, Managing
Editor Megan Fitzpatrick exclaimed: “Oh my! What are you doing?” I just cracked a
wicked grin.<br /><br />
And second, the edges of the panel came together OK.<br /><br />
I thought about this for a minute, then I pulled two of the nails out of my benchtop
and oriented them so the tapers bit into the edge grain – both of my panel and the
workbench.<br /><br />
Then my joints closed up so tightly I could plane the entire panel and the pieces
didn’t slip. Dang. The slight wedging action of the nails was surprisingly effective
(and no, it didn’t split the top of my 4"-thick benchtop).<br /><br />
If you are interested in learning more about the history and use of cut nails, I wrote
a lengthy story about building furniture with hammer and nails in <a href="http://www.popularwoodworkingshop.com/product/291/38">issue
five (Spring 2006) of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i></a>.<br /><i><br />
— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nail2_IMG_6811.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4" />
      </body>
      <title>Wonderful Wedgies With Cut Nails</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Wonderful+Wedgies+With+Cut+Nails.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 16 Mar 2009 11:00:48 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nail1_IMG_6807.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Some of the best workholding ideas rely on simple wedging action. This weekend I stumbled
onto one more great wedging trick using cut nails.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This might be old hat for you. If so, forgive my waste of bandwidth (which should
be the motto of my blog).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’m creating some wide panels from narrow boards using an early woodworking technique
of nailing cross-stretchers across the joints of the panel. There’s no glue involved
in this panel. And no Bessey K-bodies, either.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The technique calls for placing your boards on your bench and securing them edge-to-edge
by nailing into your bench around the perimeter of the panel. Then you nail the cross-stretchers
down to the panel and clench them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As you probably know, cut nails taper along two of their edges. The other two edges
are parallel. When you build furniture you orient the taper so the tapered edges of
the nail bite into the end grain of your top board. This reduces the chance of your
work splitting.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So when I nailed into my bench using this principle, two things happened. First, Managing
Editor Megan Fitzpatrick exclaimed: “Oh my! What are you doing?” I just cracked a
wicked grin.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And second, the edges of the panel came together OK.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I thought about this for a minute, then I pulled two of the nails out of my benchtop
and oriented them so the tapers bit into the edge grain – both of my panel and the
workbench.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Then my joints closed up so tightly I could plane the entire panel and the pieces
didn’t slip. Dang. The slight wedging action of the nails was surprisingly effective
(and no, it didn’t split the top of my 4"-thick benchtop).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you are interested in learning more about the history and use of cut nails, I wrote
a lengthy story about building furniture with hammer and nails in &lt;a href="http://www.popularwoodworkingshop.com/product/291/38"&gt;issue
five (Spring 2006) of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/nail2_IMG_6811.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,1a3a60a1-535b-448c-8375-8750317898a4.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>30</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Old_brown_IMG_3673.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
The most stressful glue-up of my life was assembling my tool chest in 1998. The main
carcase had 120 mating surfaces that had to be glued. Foolishly, I chose yellow glue
as the adhesive.<br /><br />
As a result, another editor and I spent an hour furiously beating and clamping the
chest together. In the end, there were a few gaps we couldn't close because the yellow
glue had set – luckily it was nothing milk paint couldn't fix.<br /><br />
These days I'm smarter about glue. When I started building chairs years ago, I was
introduced to liquid hide glue, and boy has that changed the way I work. I think I
have an extra inch of stomach lining thanks to liquid hide glue (and no, that's not
because I drank some).<br /><br />
The liquid hide glue is almost as simple to use as yellow glue (warming it up a little
in a water bath helps it flow). It's reversible. Let me say that again: It's reversible!
Once I stuck a chair leg in the wrong socket. All it took was a little heat and moisture
and the leg came right out. Easy-peasy.<br /><br />
Liquid hide glue also cleans up nicely with water, doesn't smell bad and gives you
a long open time for complex assemblies. If my shop is warm (65° F or so) I can manipulate
my parts for 45 minutes or more before things start to get hairy.<br /><br />
I normally use <a href="http://www.wpatrickedwards.com/gluepage.htm">Old Brown Glue</a>.
It's non-toxic (the manufacturer lets his dogs eat it!). But I've also used the <a href="http://www.titebond.com/IntroPageTB.ASP?UserType=1&amp;ProdSel=ProductCategoryTB.asp?prodcat=1">Titebond
product</a> with good results.<br /><br />
I still use yellow glue – just not for everything. When I'm gluing up lots of panels,
for example, I like the way yellow glue sets up quickly and doesn't need a lot of
clamping time. This frees up clamps and lets me work faster. Ditto that when building
jigs and fixtures or planting mouldings on a carcase – I want a glue that sets up
fast.<br /><br />
I'll also choose a yellow glue that is water-resistant for projects that might have
to endure a soaking.<br /><br />
What about other adhesives? Hot hide glue? Polyurethane? Epoxy? Plastic resin? I've
used them all and sometimes I do break them out for certain applications. But for
most of my work, which is building new pieces of furniture, liquid hide glue and yellow
glue get used the most.<br /><br />
Maybe some day I'll get even smarter and get <a href="http://www.workriteinc.com/products.html">one
of these</a>.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929" />
      </body>
      <title>The Case for Rendered Animal Collagen</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/The+Case+For+Rendered+Animal+Collagen.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2009 14:56:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Old_brown_IMG_3673.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
The most stressful glue-up of my life was assembling my tool chest in 1998. The main
carcase had 120 mating surfaces that had to be glued. Foolishly, I chose yellow glue
as the adhesive.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As a result, another editor and I spent an hour furiously beating and clamping the
chest together. In the end, there were a few gaps we couldn't close because the yellow
glue had set – luckily it was nothing milk paint couldn't fix.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
These days I'm smarter about glue. When I started building chairs years ago, I was
introduced to liquid hide glue, and boy has that changed the way I work. I think I
have an extra inch of stomach lining thanks to liquid hide glue (and no, that's not
because I drank some).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The liquid hide glue is almost as simple to use as yellow glue (warming it up a little
in a water bath helps it flow). It's reversible. Let me say that again: It's reversible!
Once I stuck a chair leg in the wrong socket. All it took was a little heat and moisture
and the leg came right out. Easy-peasy.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Liquid hide glue also cleans up nicely with water, doesn't smell bad and gives you
a long open time for complex assemblies. If my shop is warm (65° F or so) I can manipulate
my parts for 45 minutes or more before things start to get hairy.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I normally use &lt;a href="http://www.wpatrickedwards.com/gluepage.htm"&gt;Old Brown Glue&lt;/a&gt;.
It's non-toxic (the manufacturer lets his dogs eat it!). But I've also used the &lt;a href="http://www.titebond.com/IntroPageTB.ASP?UserType=1&amp;amp;ProdSel=ProductCategoryTB.asp?prodcat=1"&gt;Titebond
product&lt;/a&gt; with good results.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I still use yellow glue – just not for everything. When I'm gluing up lots of panels,
for example, I like the way yellow glue sets up quickly and doesn't need a lot of
clamping time. This frees up clamps and lets me work faster. Ditto that when building
jigs and fixtures or planting mouldings on a carcase – I want a glue that sets up
fast.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I'll also choose a yellow glue that is water-resistant for projects that might have
to endure a soaking.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
What about other adhesives? Hot hide glue? Polyurethane? Epoxy? Plastic resin? I've
used them all and sometimes I do break them out for certain applications. But for
most of my work, which is building new pieces of furniture, liquid hide glue and yellow
glue get used the most.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Maybe some day I'll get even smarter and get &lt;a href="http://www.workriteinc.com/products.html"&gt;one
of these&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c3d511fe-b397-41ab-b8eb-65d752dfd929.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>21</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Some day I expect one of my little girls to tell a school counselor (between sobs):
"Daddy has a hammer problem."<br /><br />
My, ahem, problem started innocently enough years ago. I got interested in David Maydole,
the father of the legendary adze-eye hammer. I read James Parton's 1884 article about
Maydole and thought: Wouldn't it be cool to own one of his hammers?
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
So I bought one off eBay for $20. It had a cool bull's eye cast into its face. Its
handle was worlds better than the rubber-wrapped hammer-shaped object I'd had since
childhood. I even think that Maydole drove nails a little faster. So I bought a 16-ounce
Maydole for my shop at home.<br /><br />
Fast forward about five years. I'm looking for a plane at the bottom of my tool chest.
I pull out a few hammers. Then a few more. Then a big Cheney. My bench has a heap
of hammers on it. How many dang hammers have I bought? 
<br /><br />
Fourteen, as it turns out. And probably another seven at home (I can't bear to count).<br /><br />
You don't need this many hammers. However, I do think you need more than one. If someone
put a nail gun in my mouth and made me choose my three essential hammers for making
furniture, here would be my list:<br /><br />
1. A 16-ounce hammer for all-purpose nail whacking.<br /><br />
2. A Warrington-style hammer with a cross-peen/pein/pane. I use this hammer to tweak
the lateral adjustment on my metal-bodied handplanes. I use the cross-peen/pein/pane
to start short brads. And I use the striking face to finish small brads.<br /><br />
3. A plane-adjusting hammer. I have one from Chester Toolworks. It has a brass face
and a wooden face (Lee Valley makes one like this). I use this tool for adjusting
my wooden-bodied planes. The brass face is for tapping the iron. The wooden face is
for tapping the stock and the wedge.<br /><br />
If you are similarly afflicted, I warn you there is little hope. Lie-Nielsen Toolworks
just started making <a href="http://www.lie-nielsen.com/catalog.php?sku=1-cph">Warrington-style
hammers</a>. I ordered all three, however I don't remember how that happened. It's
a bit of a blur.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb3.jpg" border="0" /></p>
        <p>
          <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
          <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb" />
      </body>
      <title>When All Your Problems Look Like Hammers…</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/When+All+Your+Problems+Look+Like+Hammers.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2009 13:44:34 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Some day I expect one of my little girls to tell a school counselor (between sobs):
"Daddy has a hammer problem."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
My, ahem, problem started innocently enough years ago. I got interested in David Maydole,
the father of the legendary adze-eye hammer. I read James Parton's 1884 article about
Maydole and thought: Wouldn't it be cool to own one of his hammers?
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
So I bought one off eBay for $20. It had a cool bull's eye cast into its face. Its
handle was worlds better than the rubber-wrapped hammer-shaped object I'd had since
childhood. I even think that Maydole drove nails a little faster. So I bought a 16-ounce
Maydole for my shop at home.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Fast forward about five years. I'm looking for a plane at the bottom of my tool chest.
I pull out a few hammers. Then a few more. Then a big Cheney. My bench has a heap
of hammers on it. How many dang hammers have I bought? 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Fourteen, as it turns out. And probably another seven at home (I can't bear to count).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You don't need this many hammers. However, I do think you need more than one. If someone
put a nail gun in my mouth and made me choose my three essential hammers for making
furniture, here would be my list:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
1. A 16-ounce hammer for all-purpose nail whacking.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
2. A Warrington-style hammer with a cross-peen/pein/pane. I use this hammer to tweak
the lateral adjustment on my metal-bodied handplanes. I use the cross-peen/pein/pane
to start short brads. And I use the striking face to finish small brads.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
3. A plane-adjusting hammer. I have one from Chester Toolworks. It has a brass face
and a wooden face (Lee Valley makes one like this). I use this tool for adjusting
my wooden-bodied planes. The brass face is for tapping the iron. The wooden face is
for tapping the stock and the wedge.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you are similarly afflicted, I warn you there is little hope. Lie-Nielsen Toolworks
just started making &lt;a href="http://www.lie-nielsen.com/catalog.php?sku=1-cph"&gt;Warrington-style
hammers&lt;/a&gt;. I ordered all three, however I don't remember how that happened. It's
a bit of a blur.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/HammerProb3.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,9fa125f6-71a2-4800-a927-c5b32c37bfeb.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810chest_overall.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
This week I’m at my father’s house in Charleston, S.C., to get my USRDA of grits,
tasso and shrimp. Whenever I visit the Holy City, I always make sure to pack comfortable
shoes and a tape measure – I never know what I’ll find.<br /><br />
This morning I’ve been poring over my father’s small collection of English chests.
Most of them he purchased from dealers on King Street a few blocks away. When I helped
him pick these chests out, I was always looking for the ones that displayed the best
craftsmanship. These well-made chests, however, weren’t always the best-looking chests.
So usually he purchased a chest that looked really good and was passable in the craftsmanship
department. Funny, he doesn’t take me with him to shop for antiques anymore.
</p>
        <p>
        </p>
One of the chests in father’s dining room is similar to a piece I’ll be building at
home this year. The chest is circa 1810, according a friend of my father who deals
in Early American architecture and furnishings. It has some interesting details from
the woodworking side of things.<p></p>
The chest is a typical size: 39-1/8" high, 37-5/8" long and 19-1/4" deep with four
graduated drawers: 5-1/4", 6-3/4", 7-3/4" and 8-3/4". The entire chest is pine that
has been veneered with mahogany.<p></p>
The top is an interesting construction. The front 4-1/2" of the top is 7/8" thick.
The rest is 3/4" thick. I assume that the 7/8" piece is edge-glued to the 3/4" piece
– at least that’s the way it looks.<p></p>
As always, the drawers are interesting. The sides and back are all 3/8"-thick material.
The front is 3/4" pine veneered with mahogany (with some string inlay). Each drawer
has a tail at its bottom edge that is straight instead of sloped. This straight tail
houses the groove for the drawer’s bottom. Like all my dad’s English chests, the bottom
of the drawer sides have been reinforced with small strips of wood to effectively
double the thickness of the drawer side under the bottom.<p></p>
The drawers in this chest run on solid dividers – no web frames in this chest. The
back is four wide boards of pine in a rabbet. No shiplaps or grooves as far as I can
tell – the backs have shrunk a bit, and you can see between them.<p></p>
I really like the flowing lines of the plinth (they are repeated on the sides) and
want to trace them before I leave. I’ll have to keep my eye peeled for some wide butcher’s
paper in town.<p></p><i> — Christopher Schwarz</i><p><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810_chest_drw.jpg" border="0" /></p><p><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810chest_top.jpg" border="0" /></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250" /></body>
      <title>English Chests in Charleston, S.C.</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/English+Chests+In+Charleston+SC.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2009 15:05:52 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810chest_overall.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
This week I’m at my father’s house in Charleston, S.C., to get my USRDA of grits,
tasso and shrimp. Whenever I visit the Holy City, I always make sure to pack comfortable
shoes and a tape measure – I never know what I’ll find.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This morning I’ve been poring over my father’s small collection of English chests.
Most of them he purchased from dealers on King Street a few blocks away. When I helped
him pick these chests out, I was always looking for the ones that displayed the best
craftsmanship. These well-made chests, however, weren’t always the best-looking chests.
So usually he purchased a chest that looked really good and was passable in the craftsmanship
department. Funny, he doesn’t take me with him to shop for antiques anymore.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
One of the chests in father’s dining room is similar to a piece I’ll be building at
home this year. The chest is circa 1810, according a friend of my father who deals
in Early American architecture and furnishings. It has some interesting details from
the woodworking side of things.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
The chest is a typical size: 39-1/8" high, 37-5/8" long and 19-1/4" deep with four
graduated drawers: 5-1/4", 6-3/4", 7-3/4" and 8-3/4". The entire chest is pine that
has been veneered with mahogany.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
The top is an interesting construction. The front 4-1/2" of the top is 7/8" thick.
The rest is 3/4" thick. I assume that the 7/8" piece is edge-glued to the 3/4" piece
– at least that’s the way it looks.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
As always, the drawers are interesting. The sides and back are all 3/8"-thick material.
The front is 3/4" pine veneered with mahogany (with some string inlay). Each drawer
has a tail at its bottom edge that is straight instead of sloped. This straight tail
houses the groove for the drawer’s bottom. Like all my dad’s English chests, the bottom
of the drawer sides have been reinforced with small strips of wood to effectively
double the thickness of the drawer side under the bottom.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
The drawers in this chest run on solid dividers – no web frames in this chest. The
back is four wide boards of pine in a rabbet. No shiplaps or grooves as far as I can
tell – the backs have shrunk a bit, and you can see between them.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
I really like the flowing lines of the plinth (they are repeated on the sides) and
want to trace them before I leave. I’ll have to keep my eye peeled for some wide butcher’s
paper in town.&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;i&gt; — Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810_chest_drw.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/1810chest_top.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,d32341f8-20d3-4658-9d54-afcec9780250.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>44</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
There are so many ways to construct a drawer that someone could write an entire book
on the variations across time and cultures. I’d buy it. One curious drawer detail
that I quite like is to house a drawer’s bottom in slips.<br /><br />
Drawer slips are narrow pieces of wood that are grooved to accept the drawer bottom.
The slips are glued to the drawer sides (and sometimes the drawer front). Why would
you do such a thing?<br /><br />
• Dovetail layout is cleaner: Because you don’t have to sink a groove in the drawer
sides, you don’t have to use a half-tail at the bottom of the drawer side or risk
a bad split by putting a whole tail close to the bottom edge. You can use any layout
you please. The slips handle the groove.<br /><br />
• They look nice. This is probably the reason I like them. It adds an extra level
of detail to the drawer bottom. Most people probably won’t notice, but I do.<br /><br />
• They make the drawer easier to use. You can fish coins and the like easily out of
the drawer because of the beveled edge on the slip. Some people say they make the
drawers easier to clean and dust. But I don’t dust much.<br /><br />
There is some debate about whether each drawer requires three slips or only two. Some
account have slips attached to the sides and drawer front – the slips are mitered
at the corners. Other accounts have slips attached to the sides only and a groove
in the drawer front.<br /><br />
In some accounts, drawer slips are a mark of quality work. David Denning in “The Art
and Craft of Cabinet-making” (Pitman, page 186) says that joiners typically grooved
their drawer sides. Cabinetmakers typically used slips.<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i><br /><br /></p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Here you can see the symmetrical dovetail layout, which I like. Drawer slips make
this easy. </i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip3.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>Here's a close shot of some slip material before it is installed. Note the bevel
on the corner.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip4.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>This is what the underside of the drawer looks like with slips. My slips are mitered.
The slip attached to the drawer front is cherry.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip5.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <i>And here's what they look like from the rear of the drawer.</i>
          <br />
        </p>
        <p>
          <br />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a" />
      </body>
      <title>About Drawer Slips</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/About+Drawer+Slips.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Sun, 22 Feb 2009 19:17:51 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
There are so many ways to construct a drawer that someone could write an entire book
on the variations across time and cultures. I’d buy it. One curious drawer detail
that I quite like is to house a drawer’s bottom in slips.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Drawer slips are narrow pieces of wood that are grooved to accept the drawer bottom.
The slips are glued to the drawer sides (and sometimes the drawer front). Why would
you do such a thing?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Dovetail layout is cleaner: Because you don’t have to sink a groove in the drawer
sides, you don’t have to use a half-tail at the bottom of the drawer side or risk
a bad split by putting a whole tail close to the bottom edge. You can use any layout
you please. The slips handle the groove.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• They look nice. This is probably the reason I like them. It adds an extra level
of detail to the drawer bottom. Most people probably won’t notice, but I do.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• They make the drawer easier to use. You can fish coins and the like easily out of
the drawer because of the beveled edge on the slip. Some people say they make the
drawers easier to clean and dust. But I don’t dust much.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
There is some debate about whether each drawer requires three slips or only two. Some
account have slips attached to the sides and drawer front – the slips are mitered
at the corners. Other accounts have slips attached to the sides only and a groove
in the drawer front.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
In some accounts, drawer slips are a mark of quality work. David Denning in “The Art
and Craft of Cabinet-making” (Pitman, page 186) says that joiners typically grooved
their drawer sides. Cabinetmakers typically used slips.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Here you can see the symmetrical dovetail layout, which I like. Drawer slips make
this easy. &lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip3.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;Here's a close shot of some slip material before it is installed. Note the bevel
on the corner.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip4.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;This is what the underside of the drawer looks like with slips. My slips are mitered.
The slip attached to the drawer front is cherry.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Slip5.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;i&gt;And here's what they look like from the rear of the drawer.&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,3c57ea2a-3c06-432b-82e4-5ad2dff6533a.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>10</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/clenching.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
You can do fancy things with a hammer and the right nails. And lately, I've been doing
a lot of practicing with cut nails for a series of projects I'm working on that feature
nails (including the dry sink in the next issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>).<br /><br />
The more I learn about nails, the more I find out there are lots of interesting things
you do with them. You probably have heard about "clinching" (sometimes spelled "clenching")
nails. This is when the tip of the nail passes entirely through both of your workpieces.
Then you use your hammer to bend the nail's tip over and back into the work. 
<br /><br />
You see lots of this in boat building and in old work, especially where battens have
been attached to doors.<br /><br />
Some people can't quite visualize this, and so I was happy to find the illustration
above in "Exercises in Woodworking," a late 19th-century book that I need to do a
full blog entry on. It's quite cool. You can download the <a href="http://books.google.com/books?id=4IxAAAAAIAAJ&amp;pg=PA7&amp;dq=woodworking&amp;as_brr=3#PPA1,M1">whole
book at Google Books</a>.<br /><br />
I've found the trick to clinching nails is to have the nail's head resting on a piece
of steel plate or some small anvil. It makes it much easier to turn over the tip.<br /><br />
While I was browsing this book, I also found a description of how to swing a hammer
to encourage floorboards or backboards to mate together tightly along their edges.
I've done this before (by accident), but I didn't know exactly what was going on inside.
The illustration (figure 5 above) shows it brilliantly.<br /><i><br />
"Fig. 5 illustrates a peculiar drawn blow of the hammer. Starting at </i>d<i>, it
follows the direction of the broken line in its course; the effect of which is to
bend the nail in such a manner that it forces the board</i> a<i> close up to </i>c<i>,
as shown at </i>f<i>. This blow is practiced in nailing floors and in clinching wrought
nails."</i><br /><br />
Or you can try finding <a href="http://chestofbooks.com/crafts/scientific-american/XLIII-25/Tool-For-Driving-And-Clinching-Nails.html">this
device</a>….<br /><br /><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303" />
      </body>
      <title>More Hammer Tricks</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/More+Hammer+Tricks.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2009 20:47:50 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/clenching.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
You can do fancy things with a hammer and the right nails. And lately, I've been doing
a lot of practicing with cut nails for a series of projects I'm working on that feature
nails (including the dry sink in the next issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The more I learn about nails, the more I find out there are lots of interesting things
you do with them. You probably have heard about "clinching" (sometimes spelled "clenching")
nails. This is when the tip of the nail passes entirely through both of your workpieces.
Then you use your hammer to bend the nail's tip over and back into the work. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You see lots of this in boat building and in old work, especially where battens have
been attached to doors.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Some people can't quite visualize this, and so I was happy to find the illustration
above in "Exercises in Woodworking," a late 19th-century book that I need to do a
full blog entry on. It's quite cool. You can download the &lt;a href="http://books.google.com/books?id=4IxAAAAAIAAJ&amp;amp;pg=PA7&amp;amp;dq=woodworking&amp;amp;as_brr=3#PPA1,M1"&gt;whole
book at Google Books&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I've found the trick to clinching nails is to have the nail's head resting on a piece
of steel plate or some small anvil. It makes it much easier to turn over the tip.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
While I was browsing this book, I also found a description of how to swing a hammer
to encourage floorboards or backboards to mate together tightly along their edges.
I've done this before (by accident), but I didn't know exactly what was going on inside.
The illustration (figure 5 above) shows it brilliantly.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
"Fig. 5 illustrates a peculiar drawn blow of the hammer. Starting at &lt;/i&gt;d&lt;i&gt;, it
follows the direction of the broken line in its course; the effect of which is to
bend the nail in such a manner that it forces the board&lt;/i&gt; a&lt;i&gt; close up to &lt;/i&gt;c&lt;i&gt;,
as shown at &lt;/i&gt;f&lt;i&gt;. This blow is practiced in nailing floors and in clinching wrought
nails."&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Or you can try finding &lt;a href="http://chestofbooks.com/crafts/scientific-american/XLIII-25/Tool-For-Driving-And-Clinching-Nails.html"&gt;this
device&lt;/a&gt;….&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,dedf026a-f751-4d53-94bf-8e83748ff303.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>12</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <div>
          <div>
            <div>
              <div>
                <p>
                  <object height="344" width="425">
                    <param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/xxIgNel0H_I&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1" />
                    <param name="allowFullScreen" value="true" />
                    <embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/xxIgNel0H_I&amp;hl=en&amp;fs=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowfullscreen="true" height="344" width="425">
                    </embed>
                  </object>
                </p>
                <p>
                  <br />
After watching Frank Klausz cut a set of <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/article/klausz/">dovetails
in three minutes</a> using a special bowsaw blade (see the video here in our video
section), Rob Cosman decided to show that it can be done by cutting the tails first.
(Frank cuts his pins first.)<br /><br />
For those who don't know Cosman, he has produced a series of <a href="http://www.robcosman.com/dvd.htm">great
videos</a> on hand joinery and has a new <a href="http://www.robcosman.com/books.php">companion
book</a> on dovetailing that we highly recommend. It's spiral bound for the shop and
is the best book I've ever read on cutting this traditional joint. You can read more
about his videos, book and tools at <a href="http://robcosman.com/">RobCosman.com</a>. 
<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a><br /></p>
              </div>
            </div>
          </div>
        </div>
        <br />
        <b>Looking for More Woodworking Information?</b>
        <br />
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Looking for free articles from <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>? Click <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work <a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/">HERE</a>.<br />
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA22">HERE</a>.<br /><p></p><img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d" /></body>
      <title>Rob Cosman's 3-1/2 Minute Dovetail Video</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Rob+Cosmans+312+Minute+Dovetail+Video.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Sat, 25 Oct 2008 12:58:41 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;div&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;object height="344" width="425"&gt;
&lt;param name="movie" value="http://www.youtube.com/v/xxIgNel0H_I&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;fs=1"&gt;
&lt;param name="allowFullScreen" value="true"&gt;&lt;embed src="http://www.youtube.com/v/xxIgNel0H_I&amp;amp;hl=en&amp;amp;fs=1" type="application/x-shockwave-flash" allowfullscreen="true" height="344" width="425"&gt;
&lt;/object&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After watching Frank Klausz cut a set of &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/article/klausz/"&gt;dovetails
in three minutes&lt;/a&gt; using a special bowsaw blade (see the video here in our video
section), Rob Cosman decided to show that it can be done by cutting the tails first.
(Frank cuts his pins first.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
For those who don't know Cosman, he has produced a series of &lt;a href="http://www.robcosman.com/dvd.htm"&gt;great
videos&lt;/a&gt; on hand joinery and has a new &lt;a href="http://www.robcosman.com/books.php"&gt;companion
book&lt;/a&gt; on dovetailing that we highly recommend. It's spiral bound for the shop and
is the best book I've ever read on cutting this traditional joint. You can read more
about his videos, book and tools at &lt;a href="http://robcosman.com/"&gt;RobCosman.com&lt;/a&gt;. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Looking for More Woodworking Information?&lt;/b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
• Sign up for our newsletters to get free plans, techniques and reviews &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/newsletters/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Looking for free articles from &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;? Click &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/wwmhomepage/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Like hand tools? Read all our online articles on hand work &lt;a href="http://popularwoodworking.com/tools_handtools/"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
• Want to subscribe to Woodworking Magazine? It's $19.96/year. Click &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA22"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,c6fc4517-9fe4-485e-a255-25cffa6d335d.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Czeck1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
I'm passionate about cooking, but I don't get excited about cooking equipment. I've
got decent cookware, questionable Far East knives bought from an infomercial and (somehow)
enough silicone basting brushes for the whole neighborhood. Want one?<br /><br />
But when it comes to marking knives for woodworking, I'm tough to please. Exhibit
A is over at <a href="http://wkfinetools.com/contrib/cSchwarz/z_art/markKnives/markKnives1.asp">WKfinetools.com</a>.
I've probably had about a dozen marking knives pass through my hands during the last
decade, and none has pleased me as much as the <a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/cgi/commerce.cgi?preadd=action&amp;key=SMK1">small
knife</a> from Blue Spruce Toolworks.<br /><br />
It's the only knife that does everything I ask from a knife, from marking out skinny
dovetails to making a coarse cutline for a crosscut handsaw. And I've written over
and over how much I like it – perhaps to the point where you're wondering if Dave
Jeske at <a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/index.htm">Blue Spruce</a> is
padding my secret account in the Cayman Islands.<br /><br />
So a few weeks ago, I got a small box from Steve Quehl, who runs the Woodcraft store
outside Atlanta. In it was a new knife made by Bob Zajicek of <a href="http://www.czeckedge.com/index.html">Czeck
Edge</a>. It's called the <a href="http://www.czeckedge.com/slim_peek.html">Kerf Kadet</a>,
and Steve offered to loan it to me to test in the shop.<br /><br />
I used it to mark out the joints on a Gustav Stickley plant stand I built last month,
and today I spent some time marking out dovetails with it. And I can safely tell you
that Steve is not getting this knife back. The most he can hope for is a check to
reimburse him.<br /><br />
The knife is similar in some ways to the Blue Spruce knife, but it has some significant
differences that are worth noting. The Czech Edge blade is a bit narrower (5/16" compared
to 23/64") and shorter past the ferrule (1-5/16" compared to 1-1/2"). With those statistics,
both knives will do most standard joint-marking chores.<br /><br />
Where the knives differ is in the handle and ferrule (the metallic transition from
the blade to the wood). The Blue Spruce uses a smooth two-piece ferrule. The Czeck
Edge uses a single machined bronze ferrule with three grooves turned into it. The
grooves are not decorative. When you pinch the knife at the ferrule, the grooves improve
your grip on the knife. I was surprised how much I liked the feel.<br /><br />
The wooden part of each tool's handle is also different. The Blue Spruce has a somewhat
vase-like shape that opens up at the ferrule. When I grip the Blue Spruce, I put my
fingers behind this area, which prevents my fingers from slipping off the knife when
I add downward pressure.<br /><br />
The Czeck Edge has more of a pencil-like shape and is lighter in the hand. Both are
comfortable in my hands.<br /><br />
How about fit and finish? It's impossible to beat Blue Spruce on this point, but the
Czeck Edge is in a tie for first place. The knife is flawless. Crisp and smooth with
a perfect transition from wood to metal. It's what you would hope for in your own
work. One other nice touch: The Czeck Edge knives come with blade guards for storing
the knife. And the price? It's fair: $37.95 to $41.95 depending on the wood you select.<br /><br />
I'm eager to put the Czeck Edge Kerf Kadet to some more use. Lucky for me I have a
shop here at the magazine and a shop at home. So I really don't have to choose favorites.
 <br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Czeck2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3" />
      </body>
      <title>Impressive New Knife From Czech Edge</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Impressive+New+Knife+From+Czech+Edge.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 02 Sep 2008 18:44:57 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Czeck1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
I'm passionate about cooking, but I don't get excited about cooking equipment. I've
got decent cookware, questionable Far East knives bought from an infomercial and (somehow)
enough silicone basting brushes for the whole neighborhood. Want one?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But when it comes to marking knives for woodworking, I'm tough to please. Exhibit
A is over at &lt;a href="http://wkfinetools.com/contrib/cSchwarz/z_art/markKnives/markKnives1.asp"&gt;WKfinetools.com&lt;/a&gt;.
I've probably had about a dozen marking knives pass through my hands during the last
decade, and none has pleased me as much as the &lt;a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/cgi/commerce.cgi?preadd=action&amp;amp;key=SMK1"&gt;small
knife&lt;/a&gt; from Blue Spruce Toolworks.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It's the only knife that does everything I ask from a knife, from marking out skinny
dovetails to making a coarse cutline for a crosscut handsaw. And I've written over
and over how much I like it – perhaps to the point where you're wondering if Dave
Jeske at &lt;a href="http://www.bluesprucetoolworks.com/index.htm"&gt;Blue Spruce&lt;/a&gt; is
padding my secret account in the Cayman Islands.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So a few weeks ago, I got a small box from Steve Quehl, who runs the Woodcraft store
outside Atlanta. In it was a new knife made by Bob Zajicek of &lt;a href="http://www.czeckedge.com/index.html"&gt;Czeck
Edge&lt;/a&gt;. It's called the &lt;a href="http://www.czeckedge.com/slim_peek.html"&gt;Kerf Kadet&lt;/a&gt;,
and Steve offered to loan it to me to test in the shop.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I used it to mark out the joints on a Gustav Stickley plant stand I built last month,
and today I spent some time marking out dovetails with it. And I can safely tell you
that Steve is not getting this knife back. The most he can hope for is a check to
reimburse him.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The knife is similar in some ways to the Blue Spruce knife, but it has some significant
differences that are worth noting. The Czech Edge blade is a bit narrower (5/16" compared
to 23/64") and shorter past the ferrule (1-5/16" compared to 1-1/2"). With those statistics,
both knives will do most standard joint-marking chores.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Where the knives differ is in the handle and ferrule (the metallic transition from
the blade to the wood). The Blue Spruce uses a smooth two-piece ferrule. The Czeck
Edge uses a single machined bronze ferrule with three grooves turned into it. The
grooves are not decorative. When you pinch the knife at the ferrule, the grooves improve
your grip on the knife. I was surprised how much I liked the feel.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The wooden part of each tool's handle is also different. The Blue Spruce has a somewhat
vase-like shape that opens up at the ferrule. When I grip the Blue Spruce, I put my
fingers behind this area, which prevents my fingers from slipping off the knife when
I add downward pressure.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The Czeck Edge has more of a pencil-like shape and is lighter in the hand. Both are
comfortable in my hands.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
How about fit and finish? It's impossible to beat Blue Spruce on this point, but the
Czeck Edge is in a tie for first place. The knife is flawless. Crisp and smooth with
a perfect transition from wood to metal. It's what you would hope for in your own
work. One other nice touch: The Czeck Edge knives come with blade guards for storing
the knife. And the price? It's fair: $37.95 to $41.95 depending on the wood you select.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I'm eager to put the Czeck Edge Kerf Kadet to some more use. Lucky for me I have a
shop here at the magazine and a shop at home. So I really don't have to choose favorites.
&amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Czeck2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,ad7ba977-93b1-42d4-b0a9-1b015697c2a3.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>3</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gus-through.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
For the next issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>, we’re investigating the best way
to make through-tenons – a hallmark of early American furniture, Arts &amp; Crafts
pieces and people who like to show off.<br /><br />
I’ve spent a good deal of energy investigating the joint personally. When I started
collecting Arts &amp; Crafts furniture in 1990, I quickly became attuned to spotting
the joint in pieces for my collection.<br /><br />
Even better, I had a mentor with an incredible collection. Owen Riley was a photographer
at the newspaper where I worked, and he had been collecting Arts &amp; Crafts furniture
for many years. His entire apartment was stuffed to the gills with the stuff. And
he took great pains to teach me the difference between the makers – I can spot an
L &amp; J.G. tusk tenon over a Gustav Stickley tusk tenon from across a room.<br /><br />
And so I’ve always had a realistic view of how this joint appears in real-deal furniture
that now costs five or six figures.<br /><br />
Here’s the real truth: The craftsmanship is all over the place. Take a look at the
photo above. That’s a through-tenon on a signed Gustav Stickley slipper rocker from
my collection. All the through-tenons on the piece look exactly like this. Clearly,
they were made with some sort of boring tool, perhaps a drill press or perhaps some
form of spindle machine. Heck you can still see some torn grain on the surface of
the joint that indicates the rotation of the cutter.<br /><br />
No effort was made to square up the ends of the joint. No effort was made to round
over the tenon to match the radiused mortise. There’s just a gap that’s plainly visible
on the outside surfaces of the leg.<br /><br />
I always like to compare that joint to the through-tenons on my Charles Stickley arm
chair. Charles was one of the “lesser” Stickley brothers, and the craftsmanship and
style of his work is often derided by modern writers. The through-tenons on his chair
are perfect, as good as any high-class modern work in a gallery. 
<br /><br />
There’s no consistency by maker. Roycroft through-tenons? Raggy. Limbert through-tenons?
Not bad except for a couple overcuts – probably from a saw.<br /><br />
So what’s the pattern? Visibility. The more visible the joint, the more likely that
the maker went to great lengths to make it tidy. That seems like it should be obvious,
but that has not been my experience with modern work (especially my own).<br /><br />
My inclination is to make the suckers perfect. Why? Because I often have other woodworkers
snooping around my house, pulling out my drawers, turning over my tables and the like. 
<br /><br />
So how do you make these joints spot-on? I’ve used several methods, which we’ll be
exploring in the issue. For long and skinny joints, it’s hard to beat a highly-tuned
hollow-chisel mortiser (though I’m going to try). For squarish joints, it’s hard to
beat a template and a router.<br /><br />
And, in the end, it’s hard to beat wedging, which can expand a tenon into a loosely
fit joint. Or, if you’ve had a bad day, putty and a dark dark stain…..<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gus-tenon2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721" />
      </body>
      <title>The Question of Through-tenons</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/The+Question+Of+Throughtenons.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Tue, 19 Aug 2008 00:48:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gus-through.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
For the next issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;, we’re investigating the best way
to make through-tenons – a hallmark of early American furniture, Arts &amp;amp; Crafts
pieces and people who like to show off.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’ve spent a good deal of energy investigating the joint personally. When I started
collecting Arts &amp;amp; Crafts furniture in 1990, I quickly became attuned to spotting
the joint in pieces for my collection.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Even better, I had a mentor with an incredible collection. Owen Riley was a photographer
at the newspaper where I worked, and he had been collecting Arts &amp;amp; Crafts furniture
for many years. His entire apartment was stuffed to the gills with the stuff. And
he took great pains to teach me the difference between the makers – I can spot an
L &amp;amp; J.G. tusk tenon over a Gustav Stickley tusk tenon from across a room.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And so I’ve always had a realistic view of how this joint appears in real-deal furniture
that now costs five or six figures.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Here’s the real truth: The craftsmanship is all over the place. Take a look at the
photo above. That’s a through-tenon on a signed Gustav Stickley slipper rocker from
my collection. All the through-tenons on the piece look exactly like this. Clearly,
they were made with some sort of boring tool, perhaps a drill press or perhaps some
form of spindle machine. Heck you can still see some torn grain on the surface of
the joint that indicates the rotation of the cutter.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
No effort was made to square up the ends of the joint. No effort was made to round
over the tenon to match the radiused mortise. There’s just a gap that’s plainly visible
on the outside surfaces of the leg.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I always like to compare that joint to the through-tenons on my Charles Stickley arm
chair. Charles was one of the “lesser” Stickley brothers, and the craftsmanship and
style of his work is often derided by modern writers. The through-tenons on his chair
are perfect, as good as any high-class modern work in a gallery. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
There’s no consistency by maker. Roycroft through-tenons? Raggy. Limbert through-tenons?
Not bad except for a couple overcuts – probably from a saw.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So what’s the pattern? Visibility. The more visible the joint, the more likely that
the maker went to great lengths to make it tidy. That seems like it should be obvious,
but that has not been my experience with modern work (especially my own).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
My inclination is to make the suckers perfect. Why? Because I often have other woodworkers
snooping around my house, pulling out my drawers, turning over my tables and the like. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So how do you make these joints spot-on? I’ve used several methods, which we’ll be
exploring in the issue. For long and skinny joints, it’s hard to beat a highly-tuned
hollow-chisel mortiser (though I’m going to try). For squarish joints, it’s hard to
beat a template and a router.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And, in the end, it’s hard to beat wedging, which can expand a tenon into a loosely
fit joint. Or, if you’ve had a bad day, putty and a dark dark stain…..&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gus-tenon2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,cd3ad831-4543-47a7-a090-11b1cd6cf721.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3</wfw:commentRss>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/PlantStandDetail.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
Whenever John Economaki of Bridge City Tools teaches classes about furniture design,
he always asks his students a question that seems to have no good answer.<br /><br />
The question goes something like this: Would you rather have a piece of furniture
with great lines but so-so craftsmanship, or a somewhat dumpy-looking project with
perfect and crisp joinery throughout?<br /><br />
You'll have to read to the bottom of this entry to find out how John's students answer
the question. Me? I've been struggling with the question all week.<br /><br />
I'm just now applying the first coat of color to a Gustav Stickley plant stand for
the next issue of <i>Woodworking Magazine</i>, and I've been beating myself up all
week over this piece and my workmanship on it.<br /><br />
The project itself is straightforward and is all familiar ground for me. Whenever
I work on a project like this, I try to stretch myself by focusing on some detail
to see if I can make it more refined and crisp than before.<br /><br />
For this project, I focused on the curves, and I went to great lengths to get the
swoops just right on the aprons and stretchers. And for the most part, I was pleased
with how they came out.<br /><img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/PlantStandOverall.jpg" border="0" align="right" hspace="8" vspace="8" /><br />
And that's when the tenons for the top rails came and bit me on the hinder.<br /><br />
During the final assembly I clamped everything up, drove in the tusk tenons at the
bottom of the plant stand and walked away for about eight hours. When I removed the
clamps, everything looked good for about a half an hour. Then two of the tenons at
the top of the plant stand began to separate at their shoulders. Each one opened up
about .006". I think the tusk tenons are pulling them apart. Something was a little
bit off in the assembly and there wasn't any good way to turn back.<br /><br />
So I spent an hour on Tuesday morning feeding white oak shavings from my jointer plane
into these gaps in an effort to obscure them. After forcing the glue-covered shavings
into the gaps with tweezers, things looked better. But they sure as heck weren't "according
to Hoyle."<br /><br />
I have to have this project done by Monday, and I have an involved finishing schedule
ahead, so I grabbed the stain today and went to work. As the color went on, two things
happened: One, I could see my mistakes just as well. You can't fill gaps with stain.
Well, I sure can't.<br /><br />
And second, I became smitten with the genius of Gustav Stickley, who designed this
plant stand. As the color went on I began to see how the overall piece would begin
to look. I stopped seeing the individual components.<br /><br />
So to answer John Economaki's question, I think I prefer a project with beautiful
lines to a project with perfect craftsmanship. I want both. Maybe next time.<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a><br /><br />
P.S. Here's how John's students answer the question: He told me that virtually everyone
he's taught says they would prefer the perfectly joined clunky one.
</p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3" />
      </body>
      <title>When Design and Craftsmanship Don't Meet</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/When+Design+And+Craftsmanship+Dont+Meet.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Wed, 13 Aug 2008 19:49:17 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/PlantStandDetail.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
Whenever John Economaki of Bridge City Tools teaches classes about furniture design,
he always asks his students a question that seems to have no good answer.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The question goes something like this: Would you rather have a piece of furniture
with great lines but so-so craftsmanship, or a somewhat dumpy-looking project with
perfect and crisp joinery throughout?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You'll have to read to the bottom of this entry to find out how John's students answer
the question. Me? I've been struggling with the question all week.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I'm just now applying the first coat of color to a Gustav Stickley plant stand for
the next issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking Magazine&lt;/i&gt;, and I've been beating myself up all
week over this piece and my workmanship on it.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The project itself is straightforward and is all familiar ground for me. Whenever
I work on a project like this, I try to stretch myself by focusing on some detail
to see if I can make it more refined and crisp than before.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
For this project, I focused on the curves, and I went to great lengths to get the
swoops just right on the aprons and stretchers. And for the most part, I was pleased
with how they came out.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/PlantStandOverall.jpg" border="0" align="right" hspace="8" vspace="8"&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And that's when the tenons for the top rails came and bit me on the hinder.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
During the final assembly I clamped everything up, drove in the tusk tenons at the
bottom of the plant stand and walked away for about eight hours. When I removed the
clamps, everything looked good for about a half an hour. Then two of the tenons at
the top of the plant stand began to separate at their shoulders. Each one opened up
about .006". I think the tusk tenons are pulling them apart. Something was a little
bit off in the assembly and there wasn't any good way to turn back.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So I spent an hour on Tuesday morning feeding white oak shavings from my jointer plane
into these gaps in an effort to obscure them. After forcing the glue-covered shavings
into the gaps with tweezers, things looked better. But they sure as heck weren't "according
to Hoyle."&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I have to have this project done by Monday, and I have an involved finishing schedule
ahead, so I grabbed the stain today and went to work. As the color went on, two things
happened: One, I could see my mistakes just as well. You can't fill gaps with stain.
Well, I sure can't.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And second, I became smitten with the genius of Gustav Stickley, who designed this
plant stand. As the color went on I began to see how the overall piece would begin
to look. I stopped seeing the individual components.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
So to answer John Economaki's question, I think I prefer a project with beautiful
lines to a project with perfect craftsmanship. I want both. Maybe next time.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
P.S. Here's how John's students answer the question: He told me that virtually everyone
he's taught says they would prefer the perfectly joined clunky one.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,f96a2efd-d3cc-4cd3-bc70-db3d24bd10c3.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>18</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DT11.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When it comes to dovetailing, I’ve never really had a dog in the fight between dovetailers
who cut the pins first and those who cut the tails first. I was first taught to cut
my tails first, though I’m also comfortable cutting the pins first (I spent a whole
year cutting pins first so I understand its advantages).<br /><br />
But as I get older, I guess I’m getting more set in my ways and am officially entrenched
with the tails-first crowd. Why? Well I guess it’s because of the tools I use and
processes I have chosen through the years that make my choice inevitable.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTgang.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Reason 1:</b> Gang cutting. I like cutting two sets of tails simultaneously for
drawers. This is impossible to do (well) if you cut pins-first.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTmarking.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Reason 2:</b> I own a narrow-bladed knife. One of the big advantages of cutting
pins-first is that you have a lot of room to navigate when you transfer your marks
to the tail board. I have a very narrow-bladed knife, so sneaking it between the tails
is no hassle for me. If I didn’t have this tool, I’d probably be a pins-first person.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTrabbet.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
          <b>Reason 3:</b> I rabbet my boards before cutting the tails. Years ago, Glen D. Huey
showed me a trick where you rabbet the inside face of your tails to make transferring
the marks to the pin board easier. The shallow rabbet (about 1/8") gives you enormous
precision in aligning your pieces. Glen is a pins-first guy, and the system works
with pins-first dovetailing. But I think it really shines with tails-first because
you can clamp your pin board in a vise and really apply pressure with the tail board.<br /><br /><b>Reason 4:</b> Gravitational forces. This one is a subtle argument, and I don’t
expect it to sway many people, but it is a strong one for me. I think it’s easier
to cut a true vertical line than it is to cut a true line at an angle. This is because
of the way gravity tugs at the heavy back of the saw. This little detail makes cutting
tails-first easier for me. Here’s how:<br /><br />
When you cut any dovetail, the first half of the joint is the pattern for the second.
So your first part doesn’t have to be precise when it comes to its angles. It just
needs to be clean and neat. If you cut your tails first, that means your first cuts
are angled. If you don’t have to be precise with these cuts, then you have one less
thing to worry about with this part of the joint. All you really need to worry about
is being straight. The actual angle is incidental. Heck I use a pencil alone to mark
out my tails.<br /><br />
When it comes to the second part of the joint, it must be an exact complement of the
first. Accuracy counts a great deal. When you cut tails-first, that means your second
cut is pins. And pins are straight up and down. And straight up and down is easier
to do perfectly. Well, straight is easier is for me at least.<br /><br />
If you reverse the process and cut the pins-first, the second part is making the angled
tails. And I think those lines are harder to track because gravity isn’t on your side.<br /><br />
Of course, if you do this stuff every day, all this becomes moot. You just do it the
way you do it. And you ignore the gravitational prattling of a magazine editor.<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a><br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823" />
      </body>
      <title>Four Reasons for Tails-first Dovetails</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Four+Reasons+For+Tailsfirst+Dovetails.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 07 Jul 2008 16:50:28 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DT11.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When it comes to dovetailing, I’ve never really had a dog in the fight between dovetailers
who cut the pins first and those who cut the tails first. I was first taught to cut
my tails first, though I’m also comfortable cutting the pins first (I spent a whole
year cutting pins first so I understand its advantages).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But as I get older, I guess I’m getting more set in my ways and am officially entrenched
with the tails-first crowd. Why? Well I guess it’s because of the tools I use and
processes I have chosen through the years that make my choice inevitable.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTgang.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reason 1:&lt;/b&gt; Gang cutting. I like cutting two sets of tails simultaneously for
drawers. This is impossible to do (well) if you cut pins-first.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTmarking.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reason 2:&lt;/b&gt; I own a narrow-bladed knife. One of the big advantages of cutting
pins-first is that you have a lot of room to navigate when you transfer your marks
to the tail board. I have a very narrow-bladed knife, so sneaking it between the tails
is no hassle for me. If I didn’t have this tool, I’d probably be a pins-first person.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/DTrabbet.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reason 3:&lt;/b&gt; I rabbet my boards before cutting the tails. Years ago, Glen D. Huey
showed me a trick where you rabbet the inside face of your tails to make transferring
the marks to the pin board easier. The shallow rabbet (about 1/8") gives you enormous
precision in aligning your pieces. Glen is a pins-first guy, and the system works
with pins-first dovetailing. But I think it really shines with tails-first because
you can clamp your pin board in a vise and really apply pressure with the tail board.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Reason 4:&lt;/b&gt; Gravitational forces. This one is a subtle argument, and I don’t
expect it to sway many people, but it is a strong one for me. I think it’s easier
to cut a true vertical line than it is to cut a true line at an angle. This is because
of the way gravity tugs at the heavy back of the saw. This little detail makes cutting
tails-first easier for me. Here’s how:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When you cut any dovetail, the first half of the joint is the pattern for the second.
So your first part doesn’t have to be precise when it comes to its angles. It just
needs to be clean and neat. If you cut your tails first, that means your first cuts
are angled. If you don’t have to be precise with these cuts, then you have one less
thing to worry about with this part of the joint. All you really need to worry about
is being straight. The actual angle is incidental. Heck I use a pencil alone to mark
out my tails.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
When it comes to the second part of the joint, it must be an exact complement of the
first. Accuracy counts a great deal. When you cut tails-first, that means your second
cut is pins. And pins are straight up and down. And straight up and down is easier
to do perfectly. Well, straight is easier is for me at least.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you reverse the process and cut the pins-first, the second part is making the angled
tails. And I think those lines are harder to track because gravity isn’t on your side.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Of course, if you do this stuff every day, all this becomes moot. You just do it the
way you do it. And you ignore the gravitational prattling of a magazine editor.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,563757a1-c40b-4229-b606-c823d368f823.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>2</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/starrett.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
One of the best recommendations I’ve ever received in the world of hand tools came
from a power-tool user who has 660-volt three-phase pumping through his veins.<br /><br />
It’s 1996, and I’m a newly minted managing editor at <i>Popular Woodworking</i>. David
Thiel, then an associate editor at the magazine, has been assigned to give me a tour
of the workshop and check me out on the machines.<br /><br />
I’ve been woodworking on my back porch seriously for a few years and am comfortable
on a table saw, radial-arm saw and a band saw, but I’ve never seen a drum sander,
spray booth or shaper. I know I came off like a hayseed because I was dumbfounded
by the sheer volume of cast iron and steel now at my disposal.<br /><br />
At the end of the tour, David showed me his work area and made a generous offer: Until
I got set up in the shop I could use any of the hand tools hanging in his tool cabinets
above his bench.<br /><br />
Several weeks later I’m in the shop building my first serious project for the magazine
(an Arts &amp; Crafts project from the Byrdcliffe Colony) and I need a combination
square to mark out some joinery before I cut it on the table saw. I snatch one of
the squares above his bench and go to work.<br /><br />
That was a Friday afternoon. I remember that because I was compelled to drive up to
our local tool supplier Saturday morning to buy my own L.S. Starrett 12" combination
square. I didn’t care what the price was. I didn’t care how far I had to drive across
town with a squealing 1-year-old in the back seat to get it. I just knew that after
an afternoon of working with David’s square that I had to have one for myself.<br /><br />
After a few more weeks I bought a 6" version for $25 at a local antiques market.<br /><br />
During the last 12 years, I’ve had a variety of marking and measuring tools try to
shake that Starrett from my toolbox. The magazine’s staff tested all the squares on
the market in the late 1990s and somehow the General version ended up on my bench.
It’s a nice square, and on the outside would appear to be every bit as good as the
Starrett, but something is missing. The blade in the Starrett just moves a bit more
sweetly and the engraved markings are just a bit crisper.<br /><br />
As I got more into traditional hand work, I considered trading in my Starrett for
a traditional try square (perhaps a wooden one). After all, combination squares were
built originally for machinists, not woodworkers. But after dabbling with the old-Testament
gear, I fled back into the arms of Starrett. It’s just too darn perfect and useful.<br /><br />
I keep the 6" version tucked into my shop apron and use it for laying out and measuring
joinery. The 12" one hangs above my bench and comes into play any time I need to keep
two measurements locked in (which is typical) or the joinery is beyond the range of
the 6" tool.<br /><br />
It’s almost impossible to overstate my affection for this tool. If I had a family
crest, I’d put it on there. If I’m buried with one tool, this will probably be the
one I ask my wife to tuck into the pocket of my last suit.<br /><br />
But I probably won’t want to be buried with this square. Instead, I plan to hang it
on the wall of my shop in plain view in the hopes that one of my children will pick
the thing up when they need a tool for a quick measurement. Perhaps the same bolt
of lightning will strike them.<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a><br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83" />
      </body>
      <title>Try Monogamy: L.S. Starrett Combination Squares</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Try+Monogamy+LS+Starrett+Combination+Squares.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Mon, 30 Jun 2008 01:06:27 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/starrett.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
One of the best recommendations I’ve ever received in the world of hand tools came
from a power-tool user who has 660-volt three-phase pumping through his veins.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It’s 1996, and I’m a newly minted managing editor at &lt;i&gt;Popular Woodworking&lt;/i&gt;. David
Thiel, then an associate editor at the magazine, has been assigned to give me a tour
of the workshop and check me out on the machines.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I’ve been woodworking on my back porch seriously for a few years and am comfortable
on a table saw, radial-arm saw and a band saw, but I’ve never seen a drum sander,
spray booth or shaper. I know I came off like a hayseed because I was dumbfounded
by the sheer volume of cast iron and steel now at my disposal.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
At the end of the tour, David showed me his work area and made a generous offer: Until
I got set up in the shop I could use any of the hand tools hanging in his tool cabinets
above his bench.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Several weeks later I’m in the shop building my first serious project for the magazine
(an Arts &amp;amp; Crafts project from the Byrdcliffe Colony) and I need a combination
square to mark out some joinery before I cut it on the table saw. I snatch one of
the squares above his bench and go to work.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
That was a Friday afternoon. I remember that because I was compelled to drive up to
our local tool supplier Saturday morning to buy my own L.S. Starrett 12" combination
square. I didn’t care what the price was. I didn’t care how far I had to drive across
town with a squealing 1-year-old in the back seat to get it. I just knew that after
an afternoon of working with David’s square that I had to have one for myself.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
After a few more weeks I bought a 6" version for $25 at a local antiques market.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
During the last 12 years, I’ve had a variety of marking and measuring tools try to
shake that Starrett from my toolbox. The magazine’s staff tested all the squares on
the market in the late 1990s and somehow the General version ended up on my bench.
It’s a nice square, and on the outside would appear to be every bit as good as the
Starrett, but something is missing. The blade in the Starrett just moves a bit more
sweetly and the engraved markings are just a bit crisper.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
As I got more into traditional hand work, I considered trading in my Starrett for
a traditional try square (perhaps a wooden one). After all, combination squares were
built originally for machinists, not woodworkers. But after dabbling with the old-Testament
gear, I fled back into the arms of Starrett. It’s just too darn perfect and useful.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
I keep the 6" version tucked into my shop apron and use it for laying out and measuring
joinery. The 12" one hangs above my bench and comes into play any time I need to keep
two measurements locked in (which is typical) or the joinery is beyond the range of
the 6" tool.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
It’s almost impossible to overstate my affection for this tool. If I had a family
crest, I’d put it on there. If I’m buried with one tool, this will probably be the
one I ask my wife to tuck into the pocket of my last suit.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But I probably won’t want to be buried with this square. Instead, I plan to hang it
on the wall of my shop in plain view in the hopes that one of my children will pick
the thing up when they need a tool for a quick measurement. Perhaps the same bolt
of lightning will strike them.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,3c078124-0247-40a4-a87f-fd82cd16bf83.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a</wfw:commentRss>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gladstone1-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
When I first opened the package, I assumed that the tool inside was a prototype that
had a plastic blade. That happens occasionally here at the magazine when a manufacturer
wants our opinion on a tool’s ergonomics before they crank up production.<br /><br />
But no, the white chunk of stuff at the end of the <a href="http://gladstonetools.com">Gladstone
Tools</a> marking knife actually was the working blade. And this was no prototype.<br /><br />
The spear point of this 8”-long knife is ceramic. Ceramax 80, to be precise, a material
you can find in a variety of industrial and home applications, including some kitchen
knives.<br /><br />
According to the manufacturer, the knife is second in hardness only to diamond and
“will never need sharpening.”<br /><br />
That is quite a claim, and so I immediately put the knife to work today to see how
it performed. The ceramic blade is a spear-point shape that is about 1/8” thick. It
has the same general shape as the now-discontinued Veritas marking knife we reviewed
a few years ago.<br /><br />
The knife’s edges don’t feel as keen as a freshly sharpened steel knife, but the tool
does lay down a fine line with little effort. It also offers the same feedback to
the user as a steel knife as it makes its mark. I thought the Gladstone might feel
a bit gummy (like a stainless tool), but perhaps I was just getting over the shock
that it wasn’t a chunk of white plastic.<br /><br />
The handle that was shipped to me is not the same shape as shown on the Gladstone
Tools web site. This knife has two pronounced flats that prevent the tool from rolling
on the bench (always nice) and has a thin neck for your middle finger while marking
joints.<br /><br />
The padouk handle (it’s also available in zebrawood) is well finished. It’s not as
nicely turned and finished as the Blue Spruce knives, but it is nicer than most manufactured
knives I’ve used. The price is $29.95 for the padouk and $31.95 for the zebrawood
– those are fair prices for a nice piece of work like this.<br /><br />
Will the edge hold up? I sure hope so. Gladstone Tools is run by a man that many of
us simply know as “Manny,” who runs <a href="http://www.mannyswoodworkersplace.com/">Manny’s
Woodworkers Place</a> in Lexington, Ky. When I was first taking woodworking classes,
I and my fellow students would hang out at Manny’s place and drool over the amazing
selection of books (still the best, even today) and hand tools. Manny was always patient
with us as we would fondle the Japanese chisels but purchase a small set of brad points.<br /><br />
Though Manny carried a few machines and power tools, the majority of his inventory
has always been hand tools, including many hard-to-find things. When I first started
woodworking seriously, it was Manny’s place that made a huge impression on me. I thought
all furniture making used both hand and power tools. (A rude awakening was to follow.)<br /><br />
If you purchase this knife, add a comment below after you use it for a while and let
me know how it held up. I’ll use it exclusively for a while and report back as well. 
<br /><br />
If Manny has come up with a way to ensure that I have one less tool to sharpen, that’s
a pretty amazing accomplishment.<br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a></p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gladstone2-1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a" />
      </body>
      <title>A Knife That Never Needs Sharpening? We’ll See!</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/A+Knife+That+Never+Needs+Sharpening+Well+See.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Sat, 24 May 2008 19:40:32 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gladstone1-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
When I first opened the package, I assumed that the tool inside was a prototype that
had a plastic blade. That happens occasionally here at the magazine when a manufacturer
wants our opinion on a tool’s ergonomics before they crank up production.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
But no, the white chunk of stuff at the end of the &lt;a href="http://gladstonetools.com"&gt;Gladstone
Tools&lt;/a&gt; marking knife actually was the working blade. And this was no prototype.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The spear point of this 8”-long knife is ceramic. Ceramax 80, to be precise, a material
you can find in a variety of industrial and home applications, including some kitchen
knives.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
According to the manufacturer, the knife is second in hardness only to diamond and
“will never need sharpening.”&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
That is quite a claim, and so I immediately put the knife to work today to see how
it performed. The ceramic blade is a spear-point shape that is about 1/8” thick. It
has the same general shape as the now-discontinued Veritas marking knife we reviewed
a few years ago.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The knife’s edges don’t feel as keen as a freshly sharpened steel knife, but the tool
does lay down a fine line with little effort. It also offers the same feedback to
the user as a steel knife as it makes its mark. I thought the Gladstone might feel
a bit gummy (like a stainless tool), but perhaps I was just getting over the shock
that it wasn’t a chunk of white plastic.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The handle that was shipped to me is not the same shape as shown on the Gladstone
Tools web site. This knife has two pronounced flats that prevent the tool from rolling
on the bench (always nice) and has a thin neck for your middle finger while marking
joints.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The padouk handle (it’s also available in zebrawood) is well finished. It’s not as
nicely turned and finished as the Blue Spruce knives, but it is nicer than most manufactured
knives I’ve used. The price is $29.95 for the padouk and $31.95 for the zebrawood
– those are fair prices for a nice piece of work like this.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Will the edge hold up? I sure hope so. Gladstone Tools is run by a man that many of
us simply know as “Manny,” who runs &lt;a href="http://www.mannyswoodworkersplace.com/"&gt;Manny’s
Woodworkers Place&lt;/a&gt; in Lexington, Ky. When I was first taking woodworking classes,
I and my fellow students would hang out at Manny’s place and drool over the amazing
selection of books (still the best, even today) and hand tools. Manny was always patient
with us as we would fondle the Japanese chisels but purchase a small set of brad points.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Though Manny carried a few machines and power tools, the majority of his inventory
has always been hand tools, including many hard-to-find things. When I first started
woodworking seriously, it was Manny’s place that made a huge impression on me. I thought
all furniture making used both hand and power tools. (A rude awakening was to follow.)&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If you purchase this knife, add a comment below after you use it for a while and let
me know how it held up. I’ll use it exclusively for a while and report back as well. 
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
If Manny has come up with a way to ensure that I have one less tool to sharpen, that’s
a pretty amazing accomplishment.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Gladstone2-1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,4ef46524-9160-4ba6-84cc-9c726fe79a0a.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>9</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fill2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
As woodworkers dive into handwork, they usually start with a block plane, then the
bench planes, the saws and the joinery planes.<br /><br />
Joinery planes – such as plow planes, router planes, shoulder planes and rabbeting
planes – are some of the easiest planes to set up and use. Their irons are straighforward
to sharpen (no curves needed), and because the tool doesn’t produce a show surface,
you don’t need to be a maniac about the keenness of your cutting edges.<br /><br />
One of the most essential joinery planes is the moving fillister. It cuts a rabbet
either across the grain or with the grain. And it can make a rabbet of almost any
size thanks to its adjustable fence.<br /><br />
Moving fillisters are different than other planes in the rabbeting family in that
its fence is adjustable (planes with a fixed fence are called standing fillisters),
plus it can work across the grain because it has retractable nickers (planes without
the nickers are just plain old rabbet planes).<br /><br />
The iron Stanley No. 78 is the most common vintage version of this tool, however I’m
not fond of the form. The fence wobbles because of the way it is attached to the body,
so the plane does a poor job in hard woods (in my experience). Record, by the way,
fixed this problem with its metal version of this plane, though it’s a tough tool
to find in North America.<br /><br />
This really is a case where the wooden versions of a plane are superior. Wooden-stock
moving fillisters are fairly common in the secondary market, though they usually require
some rehabbing to be usable. So what do you do?<br /><br />
You could ask <a href="http://planemaker.com/">Clark &amp; Williams</a> to make you
one – they showed me an excellent moving fillister they make a couple years ago. You
could buy an <a href="http://www.toolsforworkingwood.com/Merchant/merchant.mvc?Screen=PROD&amp;Store_Code=toolshop&amp;Product_Code=MS-ECE48-S&amp;Category_Code=TPPR">ECE
from toolsforworkingwood.com</a>. Or you could buy a new traditional one from Philip
Edwards at <a href="http://www.phillyplanes.co.uk/">Philly Planes</a> in England.<br /><br />
Philip’s planes are excellent. I recently reviewed his miter plane plus a plane designed
for raising panels for drawer bottoms. They both work like a charm. So it’s very exciting
to me (and a good sign for hand work in general) that there is a new moving fillister
on the market from Philip’s shop.<br /><br />
We’ve ordered one for our shop here, and I will offer a full report once it arrives.
Until then, however, if you need a moving fillister, I can recommend <a href="http://www.phillyplanes.co.uk/">Philip’s
planes</a> highly.  <br /><br /><a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"><i>— Christopher Schwarz</i></a><br /><br />
P.S. Want to learn more about joinery planes? Then definitely pick up a copy of “The
Wooden Plane” by John M. Whelan.<br /></p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5" />
      </body>
      <title>Essential Joinery Plane: The Moving Fillister</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Essential+Joinery+Plane+The+Moving+Fillister.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2008 19:44:09 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/fill2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
As woodworkers dive into handwork, they usually start with a block plane, then the
bench planes, the saws and the joinery planes.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Joinery planes – such as plow planes, router planes, shoulder planes and rabbeting
planes – are some of the easiest planes to set up and use. Their irons are straighforward
to sharpen (no curves needed), and because the tool doesn’t produce a show surface,
you don’t need to be a maniac about the keenness of your cutting edges.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
One of the most essential joinery planes is the moving fillister. It cuts a rabbet
either across the grain or with the grain. And it can make a rabbet of almost any
size thanks to its adjustable fence.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Moving fillisters are different than other planes in the rabbeting family in that
its fence is adjustable (planes with a fixed fence are called standing fillisters),
plus it can work across the grain because it has retractable nickers (planes without
the nickers are just plain old rabbet planes).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The iron Stanley No. 78 is the most common vintage version of this tool, however I’m
not fond of the form. The fence wobbles because of the way it is attached to the body,
so the plane does a poor job in hard woods (in my experience). Record, by the way,
fixed this problem with its metal version of this plane, though it’s a tough tool
to find in North America.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
This really is a case where the wooden versions of a plane are superior. Wooden-stock
moving fillisters are fairly common in the secondary market, though they usually require
some rehabbing to be usable. So what do you do?&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
You could ask &lt;a href="http://planemaker.com/"&gt;Clark &amp;amp; Williams&lt;/a&gt; to make you
one – they showed me an excellent moving fillister they make a couple years ago. You
could buy an &lt;a href="http://www.toolsforworkingwood.com/Merchant/merchant.mvc?Screen=PROD&amp;amp;Store_Code=toolshop&amp;amp;Product_Code=MS-ECE48-S&amp;amp;Category_Code=TPPR"&gt;ECE
from toolsforworkingwood.com&lt;/a&gt;. Or you could buy a new traditional one from Philip
Edwards at &lt;a href="http://www.phillyplanes.co.uk/"&gt;Philly Planes&lt;/a&gt; in England.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Philip’s planes are excellent. I recently reviewed his miter plane plus a plane designed
for raising panels for drawer bottoms. They both work like a charm. So it’s very exciting
to me (and a good sign for hand work in general) that there is a new moving fillister
on the market from Philip’s shop.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
We’ve ordered one for our shop here, and I will offer a full report once it arrives.
Until then, however, if you need a moving fillister, I can recommend &lt;a href="http://www.phillyplanes.co.uk/"&gt;Philip’s
planes&lt;/a&gt; highly. &amp;nbsp;&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
P.S. Want to learn more about joinery planes? Then definitely pick up a copy of “The
Wooden Plane” by John M. Whelan.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,88f4f74b-e478-451e-9a4b-6f2bd88faba5.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Handplanes</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
    <item>
      <trackback:ping>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Trackback.aspx?guid=62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1</trackback:ping>
      <pingback:server>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/pingback.aspx</pingback:server>
      <pingback:target>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1.aspx</pingback:target>
      <dc:creator>Christopher Schwarz</dc:creator>
      <wfw:comment>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1.aspx</wfw:comment>
      <wfw:commentRss>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/SyndicationService.asmx/GetEntryCommentsRss?guid=62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1</wfw:commentRss>
      <slash:comments>16</slash:comments>
      <body xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Finger1.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
For me, finger joints have always been the nerdy, square cousin to the dovetail.<br /><br />
Finger joints are immensely strong when glued properly. But they are usually used
by beginning woodworkers in places where a dovetail would be more appropriate, such
as on a piece of 18th-century casework.<br /><br />
Add to that the fact that finger joints are tricky or dangerous to make on wide boards
(without a commercial jig) plus the fact that gluing them with yellow glue is stressful,
and it's a wonder that anyone uses them at all.<br /><br />
And so we decided to tackle finger joints for the Summer 2008 issue of <i>Woodworking
Magazine</i>, which will be shipping to subscribers next month. It took us a few months
to really pin them down (pun intended), but I think we nailed it (and no, cut nails
are not involved).<br /><br />
Here's a small taste of some of the problems of the joint we solved after three months
of testing in our shop:<br /><b><br />
Appearance:</b> Finger joints are a product of the machine age. Using them in styles
before circa 1900 is just wrong to the eye. So consider the joint for more contemporary
pieces only.<br /><br /><b>Cutting them Accurately:</b> Right now there are basically two different ways to
cut the joint: A shop-made jig for the table saw for narrow boards, and using a router
jig that costs several hundred dollars for wide boards. We set out to develop a simple
and safe shop-made jig that could handle both wide and narrow boards. Senior Editor
Robert W. Lang had a stroke of genius on this and solved the problem forever (in my
opinion).<br /><br /><b>Gluing Them Easily:</b> You can assemble small boxes with finger joints fairly
easily when using yellow glue. But at a certain point, you hit the wall because the
glue sets up before you can close all the joints. So the solution would seem to be
a slow-setting glue. Well, that's one way to go about it. But we found an easier and
faster way that is super-strong (see the photo of Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick's
boot on a sample joint). In the end, it took an anvil to bust up our sample joints.
</p>
        <p>
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finger2.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <p>
        </p>
        <p>
          <font size="4">
            <b>
              <br />
Also in the Summer 2008 Issue</b>
          </font>
          <br />
The finger joint is just one of the major themes running through the issue. Here are
some of the other stories you can look for in the coming issue:<br /><br /><b>Building a Better Chest:</b> Most woodworkers build chests using the most convoluted
and fussy assembly imaginable. After reviewing hundreds of historical models, we settle
on a method for building a chest that looks more complex at first glance, but actually
saves an immense amount of shop time, requires less fussing around and allows more
design flexibility.<br /><br /><b>Crackle Finishing:</b> Many woodworkers who try a crackle finish have inconsistent
results. Sometimes it works; sometimes it doesn't. And predicting how much it's going
to crackle is almost impossible. Senior Editor Glen D. Huey cracks the code of crackle
finish and finds out that the easiest and most predictable way to do it is also the
simplest.<br /><br /><b>Trimming End Grain:</b> When you have to cut back some end grain so it's flush
with some face grain, it's always an opportunity to mess up the project. We show you
two (actually three) methods for doing it right every time with a block plane, sander
and pencil eraser.<br /><br />
And one more thing about the Summer 2008 issue: This issue is going to be mailed out
to subscribers in a protective plastic bag, which will reduce the chances that the
postal service will mangle it. If the plastic bag works for you, let us know so we
can encourage our manufacturing division to continue using it.
</p>
        <p>
And if you're not a subscriber, you can easily remedy that <a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;i4Ky=IA01">here</a>.
</p>
        <p>
          <a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com">
            <i>— Christopher Schwarz</i>
          </a>
        </p>
        <p>
          <br />
          <img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finger3.jpg" border="0" />
        </p>
        <img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1" />
      </body>
      <title>Figuring Out Finger Joints</title>
      <guid isPermaLink="false">http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/PermaLink,guid,62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1.aspx</guid>
      <link>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/Figuring+Out+Finger+Joints.aspx</link>
      <pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2008 13:11:46 GMT</pubDate>
      <description>&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/Finger1.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
For me, finger joints have always been the nerdy, square cousin to the dovetail.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Finger joints are immensely strong when glued properly. But they are usually used
by beginning woodworkers in places where a dovetail would be more appropriate, such
as on a piece of 18th-century casework.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Add to that the fact that finger joints are tricky or dangerous to make on wide boards
(without a commercial jig) plus the fact that gluing them with yellow glue is stressful,
and it's a wonder that anyone uses them at all.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And so we decided to tackle finger joints for the Summer 2008 issue of &lt;i&gt;Woodworking
Magazine&lt;/i&gt;, which will be shipping to subscribers next month. It took us a few months
to really pin them down (pun intended), but I think we nailed it (and no, cut nails
are not involved).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Here's a small taste of some of the problems of the joint we solved after three months
of testing in our shop:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Appearance:&lt;/b&gt; Finger joints are a product of the machine age. Using them in styles
before circa 1900 is just wrong to the eye. So consider the joint for more contemporary
pieces only.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Cutting them Accurately:&lt;/b&gt; Right now there are basically two different ways to
cut the joint: A shop-made jig for the table saw for narrow boards, and using a router
jig that costs several hundred dollars for wide boards. We set out to develop a simple
and safe shop-made jig that could handle both wide and narrow boards. Senior Editor
Robert W. Lang had a stroke of genius on this and solved the problem forever (in my
opinion).&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Gluing Them Easily:&lt;/b&gt; You can assemble small boxes with finger joints fairly
easily when using yellow glue. But at a certain point, you hit the wall because the
glue sets up before you can close all the joints. So the solution would seem to be
a slow-setting glue. Well, that's one way to go about it. But we found an easier and
faster way that is super-strong (see the photo of Managing Editor Megan Fitzpatrick's
boot on a sample joint). In the end, it took an anvil to bust up our sample joints.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finger2.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;font size="4"&gt;&lt;b&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
Also in the Summer 2008 Issue&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/font&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
The finger joint is just one of the major themes running through the issue. Here are
some of the other stories you can look for in the coming issue:&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Building a Better Chest:&lt;/b&gt; Most woodworkers build chests using the most convoluted
and fussy assembly imaginable. After reviewing hundreds of historical models, we settle
on a method for building a chest that looks more complex at first glance, but actually
saves an immense amount of shop time, requires less fussing around and allows more
design flexibility.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Crackle Finishing:&lt;/b&gt; Many woodworkers who try a crackle finish have inconsistent
results. Sometimes it works; sometimes it doesn't. And predicting how much it's going
to crackle is almost impossible. Senior Editor Glen D. Huey cracks the code of crackle
finish and finds out that the easiest and most predictable way to do it is also the
simplest.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;b&gt;Trimming End Grain:&lt;/b&gt; When you have to cut back some end grain so it's flush
with some face grain, it's always an opportunity to mess up the project. We show you
two (actually three) methods for doing it right every time with a block plane, sander
and pencil eraser.&lt;br&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
And one more thing about the Summer 2008 issue: This issue is going to be mailed out
to subscribers in a protective plastic bag, which will reduce the chances that the
postal service will mangle it. If the plastic bag works for you, let us know so we
can encourage our manufacturing division to continue using it.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
And if you're not a subscriber, you can easily remedy that &lt;a href="https://secure.palmcoastd.com/pcd/eSv?iMagId=07643&amp;amp;i4Ky=IA01"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;.
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;a href="mailto:chris.schwarz@fwpubs.com"&gt;&lt;i&gt;— Christopher Schwarz&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/a&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;
&lt;br&gt;
&lt;img src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/content/binary/finger3.jpg" border="0"&gt;
&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;img width="0" height="0" src="http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/aggbug.ashx?id=62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1" /&gt;</description>
      <comments>http://blog.woodworking-magazine.com/blog/CommentView,guid,62c598d6-274c-4a19-9f63-1b668f2f9cd1.aspx</comments>
      <category>All Weblog Posts</category>
      <category>Joinery</category>
    </item>
  </channel>
</rss>